Jaguar 2002.25, 2001.5 User Manual

BY APPOINTMENT TO

HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II

MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS

JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Electrical Guide

BY APPOINTMENT TO

HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH

THE QUEEN MOTHER

MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS

JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

BY APPOINTMENT TO

HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES

MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS

JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

2.5L & 3.0L –2001.5 Model Year;

2.0L – 2002.25 Model Year

Published by Parts and Service Communications
Jaguar Cars Limited

Publication Part Number – JJM 10 38 20 / 22

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Table of Contents: Figures ................................................................................................................... 2 – 3

Abbreviations and Acronyms ............................................................................................................... 4

Introduction ........................................................................................................................................ 5

Component Index ............................................................................................................................... 6–9

User Instructions ............................................................................................................................... 10 – 11

Symbols and Codes ........................................................................................................................... 12 – 14

Network Configuration ...................................................................................................................... 15

Relay and Fuse Location .................................................................................................................... 16

Fuse Box Connectors ......................................................................................................................... 17

Table of Contents

Main Power Distribution ................................................................................................................... 18

Harness Layout ................................................................................................................................. 19

Ground Point Location ...................................................................................................................... 20

Control Module Location ................................................................................................................... 21

Control Module Pin Identification ...................................................................................................... 22 – 27

Electrical Guide Figures and Data ............................................................................ follows after page 27

(pages are numbered by Figure number)

Appendix (CAN and SCP Messages)................................................................... follows Figures and Data

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

1

Table of Contents: Figures

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant

01 Power Distribution

Fig. 01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ............................................................................ All Vehicles

Fig. 01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution ......................................................................... All Vehicles

Fig. 01.3 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) ..................................... All Vehicles

Fig. 01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) ............................................. All Vehicles

Fig. 01.5 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver .................................... All Vehicles

Fig. 01.6 ...... Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution ........................... All Vehicles

02 Battery; Starter; Generator

Fig. 02.1 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L ...................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles

Fig. 02.2 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0L ................................................................. 2.0L Vehicles

03 Engine Management

Fig. 03.1 ...... Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 1 ................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles

Fig. 03.2 ...... Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 2 ................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles

Fig. 03.3 ...... Engine Management: 2.0L –Part 1 ............................................................. 2.0L Vehicles

Fig. 03.4 ...... Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 2 ............................................................. 2.0L Vehicles

04 Transmission

Fig. 04.1 ...... Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Early Production ............................. 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles

Fig. 04.2 ...... Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production ............................. All Vehicles (Later Production)

05 Chassis

Fig. 05.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking ...................................................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L ABS Vehicles

Fig. 05.2 ...... Dynamic Stability Control .......................................................................... DSC Vehicles

Fig. 05.3 ...... Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control ........................................................... 2.0L ABS/TC Vehicles

06 Climate Control

Fig. 06.1 ...... Manual Climate Control System; Glass Heaters ........................................... Manual Climate Control Vehicles

Fig. 06.2 ...... Automatic Climate Control System; Glass Heaters ....................................... Automatic Climate Control Vehicles

07 Instrumentation

Fig. 07.1 ...... Instrument Cluster ..................................................................................... All Vehicles

Fig. 07.2 ...... Audible Warnings ...................................................................................... All Vehicles

08 Exterior Lighting

Fig. 08.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front – Autolamps .......................................................... Autolamp Vehicles

Fig. 08.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front – Non Autolamps; .................................................. Non Autolamp Vehicles;

Exterior Lighting: Front – Daytime Running Lamps ...................................... Daytime Running Lamp Vehicles

Fig. 08.3 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear ................................................................................ All Vehicles

Fig. 08.4 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear – European Trailer Towing ....................................... EUR Trailer Towing Vehicles

Fig. 08.5 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear – U.K. Trailer Towing ............................................... U.K. Trailer Towing Vehicles

Fig. 08.6 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear – NAS Trailer Towing ............................................... NAS Trailer Towing Vehicles

Fig. 08.7 ...... Headlamp Leveling .................................................................................... Headlamp Leveling Vehicles

09 Interior Lighting

Fig. 09.1 ...... Interior Lighting ......................................................................................... All Vehicles

Fig. 09.2 ...... Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ....................................................................... All Vehicles

10 Steering; Mirrors; Heaters

Fig. 10.1 ...... Variable Assist Steering; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror ........................... All Vehicles

Fig. 10.2 ...... Door Mirrors: Movement, Fold-Back .......................................................... All Vehicles

2

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Table of Contents: Figures

FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant

11 Seat Systems

Fig. 11.1 ...... Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement .............................................................. 8-Way Powered Seat Vehicles

Fig. 11.2 ...... Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement .............................................................. 2-Way Powered Seat Vehicles

Fig. 11.3 ...... Seat Heaters .............................................................................................. Heated Seat Vehicles

12Door Locking; Security

Fig. 12.1 ...... Central Door Locking: Double Locking ....................................................... Double Locking Vehicles

Fig. 12.2 ...... Central Door Locking: Non Double Locking ................................................ Non Double Locking Vehicles

Fig. 12.3 ...... Security System ......................................................................................... All Vehicles

13 Wash / Wipe

Fig. 13.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System .................................................................................. Non Rain Sensing Vehicles

Fig. 13.2 ...... Wash / Wipe System with Rain Sensing ....................................................... Rain Sensing Vehicles

14 Powered Windows; Sliding Roof

Fig. 14.1 ...... Powered Windows: LHD ............................................................................ LHD Vehicles

Fig. 14.2 ...... Powered Windows: RHD ........................................................................... RHD Vehicles

Fig. 14.3 ...... Sliding Roof ............................................................................................... Sliding Roof Vehicles

15 In-Car Entertainment

Fig. 15.1 ...... In-Car Entertainment: Standard .................................................................. Standard ICE Vehicles

Fig. 15.2 ...... In-Car Entertainment: Premium ................................................................. Premium ICE Vehicles

16 Telematics

Fig. 16.1 ...... Telephone System: ROW ........................................................................... ROW Vehicles

Fig. 16.2 ...... Telephone System: NAS ............................................................................. NAS Vehicles

Fig. 16.3 ...... Telephone System with Voice: ROW .......................................................... ROW Vehicles

Fig. 16.4 ...... Telephone System with Voice: NAS ............................................................ NAS Vehicles

Fig. 16.5 ...... Voice Control System ................................................................................. Voice Only Vehicles

Fig. 16.6 ...... Navigation System (except Japan) ............................................................... NAV Vehicles except Japan

Fig. 16.7 ...... Navigation System: Japan ........................................................................... Japan NAV Vehicles

17 Occupant Protection

Fig. 17.1 ...... Advanced Restraint System ........................................................................ All Vehicles

18 Driver Assist

Fig. 18.1 ...... Parking Aid System .................................................................................... Parking Aid Vehicles

19 Ancillaries

Fig. 19.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horn, Cigar Lighter, Accessory Connectors,

Garage Door Opener ................................................................................. All Vehicles

20 Vehicle Multiplex Systems

Fig. 20.1 ...... Controller Area Network ............................................................................ All Vehicles

Fig. 20.2 ...... Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link .............................. All Vehicles

Fig. 20.3 ...... D2B Network: Part 1 ................................................................................. All Vehicles

Fig. 20.4 ...... D2B Network: Part 2 ................................................................................. All Vehicles

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

3

Abbreviations and Acronyms

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

The following abbreviations and acronyms are used throughout this Electrical Guide:

A/C Air Conditioning

A/CCM Air Conditioning Control Module

ABS Anti-Lock Braking

ABS/TC Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control

APP SENSOR Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor

APP1 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 1
APP2 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 2

AUTO Automatic Transmission

B+ Battery Voltage
BANK 1 RH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 1, 3, 5)
BANK 2 LH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 2, 4, 6)

CAN Controller Area Network

CKP SENSOR Crankshaft Position Sensor

CM Control Module
CMP SENSOR / 1 Camshaft Position Sensor / Bank 1
CMP SENSOR / 2 Camshaft Position Sensor / Bank 2

D2B Fiber Optic Network
DSC Dynamic Stability Control

ECM Engine Control Module

ECT SENSOR Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

EFT SENSOR Engine Fuel Temperature Sensor

EGT SENSOR Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor

EOT SENSOR Engine Oil Temperature Sensor

EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE Evaporative Emission Canister Close Valve

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Valve

FTP SENSOR Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor

GECM General Electronic Control Module

GPS Global Positioning System

HID High Intensity Discharge
HO2 SENSOR 1 / 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 1 / Upstream
HO2 SENSOR 1 / 2 Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 1 / Downstream
HO2 SENSOR 2 / 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 2 / Upstream
HO2 SENSOR 2 / 2 Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 2 / Downstream

IAT SENSOR Intake Air Temperature Sensor

ICE In-Car Entertainment System
IMT VALVE / 1 Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / Top
IMT VALVE / 2 Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / Bottom

IC Instrument Cluster

IP SENSOR Injection Pressure Sensor

KS Knock Sensor

LH Left Hand

LHD Left Hand Drive

MAF SENSOR Mass Air Flow Sensor

MAN Manual Transmission

MAP SENSOR Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

N/A Normally Aspirated

NAS North American Specification

PATS Passive Anti-Theft System

PWM Pulse Width Modulated

RH Right Hand

RHD Right Hand Drive

ROW Rest of World

SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network

TCM Transmission Control Module

TP SENSOR Throttle Position Sensor

TP1 Throttle Position Sensor Element 1
TP2 Throttle Position Sensor Element 2

TURN Turn Signal

TV Television
V6 V6 Engine

VEMS Vehicle Emergency Message System

VICS Vehicle Information Control System
VVT VALVE / 1 Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 1
VVT VALVE / 2 Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 2

+ve Positive

–ve Negative

–ve BUS Central Junction Fuse Box Ground Bus

4

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Introduction

Electrical Guide Format

This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and about
the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the Jaguar X-TYPE electrical / electronic systems, as well
as the location and identification of components.

The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e. Fig. 01.1) and
Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.

It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the book and with the
system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents should help to guide the user.

Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)

VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:

VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 ➞ indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.

➞

Jaguar X-TYPE Electrical System Architecture

Power Supplies

The Jaguar X-TYPE electrical system is a supply-side switched system. The ignition switch directly carries much of the ignition switched power
supply load. Power supply is provided via three methods: direct battery power supply, ignition switched power supply, and “Battery Saver”
power supply. The “Battery Saver” power supply circuit is controlled via GECM (General Electronic Control Module) internal timer circuits.
Refer to Figure 01.5 for circuit activation details.

Fuse Boxes

The electrical harness incorporates a hard-wired Power Distribution Fuse Box in the engine compartment and a serviceable Central Junction
Fuse Box in the front left-hand foot well. All fuses and relays (except the trailer towing accessory kit) are located in the two fuse boxes.

Vehicle Networks

The Jaguar X-TYPE employs three different networks: a CAN (Controller Area Network) for high-speed powertrain communications, an SCP
(Standard Corporate Protocol) network for slower speed body systems communications, and a D2B (Optical) Network for very high-speed
“real-time” audio data transfer. The D2B Network is a fiber optic network with a gateway to the remaining vehicle networks via the Audio
Unit (Radio Head Unit). Technician access to the three networks and the Serial Data Link is via the Data Link Connector.

Ground Studs

Circuit ground connections are made at body studs located throughout the vehicle. There are no separate power and logic grounding systems;
however, there are a certain number of components that use unique ground points.

X-TYPE INSTRUMENT PANEL

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

5

Component Index

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Accessory Power Relay .......................................................... Fig. 01.3

Active Security Sounder ......................................................... Fig. 12.3

Air Conditioning Blower Relay ............................................... Fig. 06.1

Air Conditioning Blower Relay ............................................... Fig. 06.2

Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch ...................................... Fig. 03.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4

Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch Relay ............................. Fig. 03.2

Air Conditioning Control Module (Automatic, Panel) .............. Fig. 06.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1

Air Conditioning Control Module (Manual, Panel) .................. Fig. 06.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1

Air Conditioning Control Module (Remote)............................. Fig. 06.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1

Air Conditioning Pressure Sensor ........................................... Fig. 03.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4

Air Temperature Blend Actuator ............................................ Fig. 06.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2

Airbag Deactivated Indicator Lamp – Passenger ...................... Fig. 17.1

Ambient Temperature Sensor ................................................. Fig. 06.2

Antenna Module .................................................................... Fig. 15.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2

Anti-Lock Braking System Control Module .............................. Fig. 05.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1

Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Control Module ............. Fig. 05.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1

APP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1

Audio Control Switches ......................................................... Fig. 15.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.5

Audio Unit ............................................................................ Fig. 09.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.5

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4

Autolamps Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 08.1

Automatic Transmission ......................................................... Fig. 04.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2

Battery Saver Relay ................................................................ Fig. 01.5

Battery .................................................................................. Fig. 01.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 02.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2

Blower (Automatic) ................................................................ Fig. 06.2

Blower (Manual) .................................................................... Fig. 06.1

Blower Series Resistor ............................................................ Fig. 06.1

Brake Cancel Switch .............................................................. Fig. 03.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4

Brake Fluid Switch ................................................................. Fig. 07.1

Brake On / Off Switch ............................................................ Fig. 03.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 05.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6

Brake Pressure Sensor ............................................................ Fig. 05.2

Cabin Accessory Connector ................................................... Fig. 19.1

Capacitor (ABS / DSC / TC) ..................................................... Fig. 05.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3

Caravan Connector ................................................................ Fig. 08.5

CD Autochanger .................................................................... Fig. 15.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4

Cellular Phone Control Module .............................................. Fig. 16.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4

Central Junction Fuse Box ...................................................... Fig. 01.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 01.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 01.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 01.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 01.5

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 05.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 06.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6

Cigar Lighter .......................................................................... Fig. 09.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1

CKP Sensor............................................................................ Fig. 03.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3

Clutch Cancel Switch ............................................................. Fig. 03.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2

Clutch Pedal Safety Switch ..................................................... Fig. 02.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2

CMP Sensors ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3

Cooling Fans.......................................................................... Fig. 03.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4

Cooling Fan Module .............................................................. Fig. 03.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4

Curtain Airbag Igniters ........................................................... Fig. 17.1

Data Link Connector .............................................................. Fig. 20.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2

Defrost Door Actuator ........................................................... Fig. 06.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2

Dip Beam Relay ..................................................................... Fig. 08.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7

Discharge Temperature Sensor ............................................... Fig. 06.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2

Door Courtesy Lamps ............................................................ Fig. 09.1

Door Latch Assembly – LH Front ............................................ Fig. 07.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 14.3

6

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Component Index

Door Latch Assembly – RH Front............................................ Fig. 07.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 14.3

Door Latch Assemblies – Rear ................................................ Fig. 09.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3

Door Mirrors ......................................................................... Fig. 06.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2

Door Switch Pack – Driver ..................................................... Fig. 09.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2

Door Switch Pack – Passenger ................................................ Fig. 09.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2

Door Switch Packs – Rear....................................................... Fig. 09.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2

Dual Airbag Igniters ............................................................... Fig. 17.1

Dynamic Stability Control Control Module ............................. Fig. 05.2

Dynamic Stability Control Switch ........................................... Fig. 05.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2

ECT Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3

EFT Sensor............................................................................. Fig. 03.1

Electrochromic Rear View Mirror ........................................... Fig. 10.1

EMS Control Relay ................................................................. Fig. 01.6

Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L) ...................................... Fig. 02.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2

Engine Control Module (2.0L)................................................. Fig. 02.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2

EOT Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3

EVAP Canister Close Valve ..................................................... Fig. 03.1

EVAP Canister Purge Valve .................................................... Fig. 03.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3

Evaporator Temperature Sensor ............................................. Fig. 06.1

Evaporator Temperature Sensor ............................................. Fig. 06.2

Fog Lamps ............................................................................. Fig. 08.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2

Fold Flat Module ................................................................... Fig. 10.2

Footwell Lamps ..................................................................... Fig. 09.1

Fresh / Recirculation Flap Actuator ......................................... Fig. 06.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2

Front Axle Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 08.7

Front Impact Sensor .............................................................. Fig. 17.1

FTP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1

Fuel Injectors ......................................................................... Fig. 03.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4

Fuel Level Sensors ................................................................. Fig. 07.1

Fuel Pump (2.5L & 3.0L) ......................................................... Fig. 03.2

Fuel Pump (2.0L) ................................................................... Fig. 03.4

Fuel Pump Module (2.5L & 3.0L) ............................................ Fig. 03.2

Fuel Pump Relay (2.0L) .......................................................... Fig. 03.4

General Electronic Control Module ........................................ Fig. 01.5

............................................................................................. Fig. 02.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 07.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6

............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 14.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2

Generator .............................................................................. Fig. 02.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2

Glove Box Lamp .................................................................... Fig. 08.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1

Handset Receiver (NAS) ......................................................... Fig. 16.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4

Handset Receiver (ROW)........................................................ Fig. 16.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3

Hazard Switch ....................................................................... Fig. 08.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6

Hazard, Seat Heater Switches ................................................. Fig. 09.2

Headlamp Leveling Control Module ....................................... Fig. 08.7

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2

Headlamp Units .................................................................... Fig. 08.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7

Heated Rear Window ............................................................ Fig. 06.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2

Heated Rear Window Relay ................................................... Fig. 06.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2

High Mount Stop Lamp .......................................................... Fig. 08.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6

HO2 Sensors ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3

Hood Security Switch ............................................................. Fig. 12.3

Horn Relay ............................................................................ Fig. 12.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1

Horn Switch .......................................................................... Fig. 19.1

Horns .................................................................................... Fig. 12.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1

Idle Speed Control Valve ........................................................ Fig. 03.3

Ignition Capacitor .................................................................. Fig. 03.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4

Ignition Modules and Coils..................................................... Fig. 03.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4

Ignition Relay ........................................................................ Fig. 01.4

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

7

Component Index

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Ignition Switch....................................................................... Fig. 01.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 01.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 01.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 02.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3

IMT Solenoid Valves .............................................................. Fig. 03.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3

In-Car Temperature Sensor .................................................... Fig. 06.2

Inclination Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 12.3

Inertia Switch ........................................................................ Fig. 01.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 01.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2

Instrument Cluster ................................................................. Fig. 02.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 07.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 10.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2

IP Sensor ............................................................................... Fig. 03.1

J Gate Assembly ..................................................................... Fig. 04.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1

JaguarNet GPS Antenna ......................................................... Fig. 16.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4

Knock Sensor ........................................................................ Fig. 03.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3

License Plate Lamps ............................................................... Fig. 08.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6

MAF Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3

Main Beam / Front Fog Relay.................................................. Fig. 08.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2

MAP Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3

Master Lighting Switch ........................................................... Fig. 07.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7

............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2

Mid Bass Speakers ................................................................. Fig. 15.2

Navigation Control Module .................................................... Fig. 16.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.6

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.7

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4

Navigation GPS Antenna ........................................................ Fig. 16.6

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.7

Oil Pressure Switch................................................................ Fig. 07.1

Output Speed Sensor ............................................................. Fig. 04.1

Panel / Floor Actuator ............................................................ Fig. 06.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2

Parking Aid Control Module................................................... Fig. 18.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2

Parking Aid Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 18.1

Parking Aid Sounder .............................................................. Fig. 18.1

Passive Anti-Theft System Transceiver .................................... Fig. 02.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3

Passive Security Sounder........................................................ Fig. 12.3

Power Distribution Fuse Box .................................................. Fig. 01.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 01.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 01.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 01.6

............................................................................................. Fig. 02.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 06.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1

Power Wash Pump ................................................................ Fig. 13.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2

Power Wash Pump Relay ....................................................... Fig. 13.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2

Rain Sensing Control Module ................................................. Fig. 13.2

Rain Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 13.2

Rear Axle Sensor.................................................................... Fig. 08.7

Rear Interior Lamp ................................................................. Fig. 09.1

Restraints Control Module ..................................................... Fig. 07.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2

Reverse Lamps Relay .............................................................. Fig. 08.3

Reverse Lamps Switch ............................................................ Fig. 04.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3

Roof Console ......................................................................... Fig. 09.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 14.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.5

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.7

............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2

Seat Back Heaters .................................................................. Fig. 11.3

Seat Belt Pretensioner Igniters ................................................ Fig. 17.1

Seat Belt Switches .................................................................. Fig. 17.1

Seat Cushion Heaters ............................................................. Fig. 11.3

Seat Heater Modules .............................................................. Fig. 11.3

Seat Heater Switches ............................................................. Fig. 11.3

Seat Lumbar Pumps ............................................................... Fig. 11.1

Seat Lumbar Switch Packs ...................................................... Fig. 11.1

8

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Component Index

Seat Movement Motors .......................................................... Fig. 11.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2

Seat Position Switch – Driver.................................................. Fig. 17.1

Seat Switch Packs .................................................................. Fig. 11.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2

Seat Weight Pressure Sensor – Passenger ................................ Fig. 17.1

Seat Weight Sensing Control Module – Passenger ................... Fig. 17.1

Security Indicator .................................................................. Fig. 12.3

Side Airbag Igniters ................................................................ Fig. 17.1

Side Impact Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 17.1

Side Marker Lamp – Front ...................................................... Fig. 08.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2

Side Marker Lamp – Rear ....................................................... Fig. 08.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6

Sliding Roof Control Module .................................................. Fig. 14.3

Solar Sensor .......................................................................... Fig. 06.2

Speakers ................................................................................ Fig. 15.1

Speed Control Switches ......................................................... Fig. 03.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4

Speed Control Control Module .............................................. Fig. 03.4

Starter Motor ......................................................................... Fig. 02.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2

Starter Relay .......................................................................... Fig. 02.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2

Steering Angle Sensor ............................................................ Fig. 05.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1

Steering Wheel ...................................................................... Fig. 09.2

Sub Woofer ........................................................................... Fig. 15.2

Tail Lamp Units ..................................................................... Fig. 08.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6

TCM Relay ............................................................................. Fig. 04.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2

Telematics Display ................................................................. Fig. 09.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.6

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.7

Telephone Antenna, Bumper (NAS) ........................................ Fig. 16.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4

Telephone Antenna, Bumper (ROW) ...................................... Fig. 16.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3

Telephone Antenna, JaguarNet (NAS) ..................................... Fig. 16.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4

Telephone Antenna, JaguarNet (ROW) ................................... Fig. 16.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3

Television Antennas and Amplifiers ........................................ Fig. 16.7

Throttle Body ........................................................................ Fig. 03.1

Throttle Motor ....................................................................... Fig. 03.1

Throttle Motor Relay .............................................................. Fig. 03.1

TP Sensor (2.5L & 3.0L) .......................................................... Fig. 03.1

TP Sensor (2.0L) ..................................................................... Fig. 03.3

Traction Control Switch ......................................................... Fig. 05.3

Trailer Connector .................................................................. Fig. 08.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6

Trailer Towing Control Module .............................................. Fig. 08.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6

Trailer Towing Rear Accessory Connector ............................... Fig. 08.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6

Transit Isolation Device .......................................................... Fig. 01.1

Transmission Control Module ................................................ Fig. 04.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1

Transmission Range Sensor .................................................... Fig. 02.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2

Trunk Accessory Connector ................................................... Fig. 19.1

Trunk Lamp ........................................................................... Fig. 09.1

Trunk Lock Motor .................................................................. Fig. 09.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3

Trunk Release Switch ............................................................. Fig. 12.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2

Turn Repeaters ...................................................................... Fig. 08.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2

Turn Signal Switch ................................................................. Fig. 07.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5

............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6

Tweeters ............................................................................... Fig. 15.2

Vacuum Module .................................................................... Fig. 05.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3

Vacuum Pump ....................................................................... Fig. 05.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3

Vanity Mirror Lamps .............................................................. Fig. 09.1

Variable Assist Servo .............................................................. Fig. 10.1

Vehicle Information Antenna and Amplifier ........................... Fig. 16.7

Vehicle Information Control Module ...................................... Fig. 16.7

Vehicle Information Sensor .................................................... Fig. 16.7

Voice Activation Control Module ........................................... Fig. 16.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4

............................................................................................. Fig. 16.5

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4

VVT Solenoid Valves .............................................................. Fig. 03.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3

Washer Fluid Level Switch ..................................................... Fig. 07.1

Wheel Speed Sensors ............................................................. Fig. 05.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3

Window Motor Assemblies .................................................... Fig. 14.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2

Windshield Heaters ............................................................... Fig. 06.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2

Windshield Heater Relay........................................................ Fig. 06.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2

Windshield Washer Pump ..................................................... Fig. 13.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2

Windshield Wiper Motor Relay .............................................. Fig. 13.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2

Wiper Motor Assembly .......................................................... Fig. 13.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2

Wiper Switch Assembly.......................................................... Fig. 13.1

............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2

Yaw Rate Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 05.2

............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

9

User Instructions

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Figure and Data Page Layout

Figure Pages
Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system (01 - Power Distribution,
02 - Battery; Starter; Generator, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.).

Refer to the Table of Contents: Figures for a complete list of the Figures.

The Figures 01 - Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols refer the user
to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates the need to include detailed
Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. The reference symbols are defined on page 12.

Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The user
must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.

Data Pages

The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds. This information is
supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.

When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.

Most circuits that incorporate a control module include pinout information. The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be
expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. This information
is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

10

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

User Instructions

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, CONNECTOR AND

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

General Electronic Control Module
 Pin Description and Characteristic

S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +

I IP6-8 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN

Instrument Cluster
 Pin Description and Characteristic

D IP10-3 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D IP10-4 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
I IP10-5 PATS GROUND: GROUND
O IP10-6 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
C IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN –
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP –

I IP11-7 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP11-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+

Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
 Pin Description and Characteristic

I EN16-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+
I EN16-031 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN16-031 CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O EN16-041 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
I EN16-053 GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
O EN16-065 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION
I EN16-079 GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
C EN16-123 CAN –
C EN16-124 CAN +

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Fig. 02.1

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

BATTERY — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH PA5 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

GENERATOR EN49 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / GREEN STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
STARTER MOTOR (EARLY PRODUCTION) ST2 1-WAY EYELET ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE

STARTER MOTOR (LATER PRODUCTION) EN700 1-WAY EYELET ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE

STARTER RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R10
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

EN700 1-WAY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS STARTER SOLENOID
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G13 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK
G16 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE

IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW

ST3 1-WAY EYELET

ST2 1-WAY EYELET

GROUND INFORMATION

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

DATE OF ISSUE

DATA PAGE

FIGURE MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L /3.0L

B

G12A

B

G12B

G16AS

G13AS

R

4

IP18-4

G

IP15-1

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT

SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

113

B

7

JB160

BATTERY

KEY-IN

B

IP18-5

I

II

III

Y

IP18-7

IGNITION SWITCH

(III)

JB129-11

39

II

14

II

B

O

61

GR

15

II

G

O

WG

B

G37AL

(G36BL)

12 63 64 74

111 75 96

BBII IIII

Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L

Y Y

N

GO BRW

IP6-8

IP11-7

IP11-11

IP10-6

IP10-4IP15-4

IP10-3IP15-3

IP10-5IP15-2

B

IP11-8

JB156-10

(ROW)

(NAS)

JB2-16

I

SECURITY

GENERAL ELECTRONIC

CONTROL MODULE

B

B

PASSIVE

ANTI-THEFT

SYSTEM

PATS POWER

D

D

PATS GROUND

P

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

EE

S

S

S

S

C

C

P

N

TRANSMISSION
RANGE SENSOR

CLUTCH PEDAL
SAFETY SWITCH

IP5-19

IP5-18

IP10-22

IP10-23

IP10-18

IP10-17

I
O

Output

JB156-6

U

(ROW)

W

(NAS)

PA5-2PA5-1

Y

20.2

O.K. TO START

U

20.2

Y

20.2

U

20.2

G

20.1

O.K. TO START

Y

20.1

B

+

Power Ground

B

JB2-12

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

(AUTO)

(MAN)

GENERATOR WARNING

OY

28

GO

EN16-41

Y

EN16-6

B

EN16-31

G

EN16-123

Y

EN16-124

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

Y

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

STARTER MOTOR

START

O

ENGINE
CRANK

I

ENGINE
REQUEST

P, N

I

C

C

ENGINE

CONTROL MODULE

JBS34

JB1-40

Y

JB1-34

JB145-5

20.1

20.1

C
S

SCP

Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L

STARTER

RELAY

4

R10

3

5

Y

1

2

GO

EN700

ST2

O

EN16-65 EN49-3

I

EN16-53

I

EN16-79

NOTE: ECM power supplies and
grounds shown on Fig. 03.1.

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Y

GO

Y

Y

B

B

NOTATION:

(1) Early production vehicles
(2) Later production vehicles

GR

41

II

OG

RG

U

VARIANT:

2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
All
December 2001

Fig. 02.1

Y

JB1-42

(1)

EN700-1ST3

(2)

B

EN49-2

ST4

FIELD

CHARGE

EN49-1

GENERATOR
LOAD

EN49-4

GENERATOR

KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

FIGURE PAGE

DATE OF ISSUE

11

Symbols and Codes

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

NOTE: In the examples on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.

Reference Symbols

Battery power supply

X
X

Ignition switched auxiliary power supply (key I)

I

X

Ignition switched power supply (key II, III)

II

X

Ignition switched Battery Saver power supply

B

X

Engine Management System power supply

E

XX.X

Figure number reference

CAN

Controller Area Network

SCP

Standard Corporate Protocol network

D2B

D2B network

Wiring Symbols

Splice

Control Module Pin Symbols

I

Input CAN network

O

Output SCP network

B

+

Battery voltage D2B network

P

Power ground Serial and encoded data

+

Sensor/signal supply V *

–

Sensor/signal ground **

* May also indicate Reference Voltage.
** May also indicate Reference Ground or Logic Ground.

Refer to Control Module Pin-Out Information.

C

S

D

2

D

Motor

Simplified splice

Bulb

Capacitor

Connector

Diode

Eyelet and stud

Fuse

Ground

Hall effect sensor

Light emitting diode (LED)

Potentiometer

Power distribution box terminal

Pressure transducer

Resistor

Solenoid

Suppression diode

Suppression resistor

Thermistor

Transistor

H

Wire continued

Zener diode

12

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Symbols and Codes

Harness Codes

AC Climate Control
AL LH Side Airbag
AR RH Side Airbag
BL LH Rear Door
BR RH Rear Door
CA Cabin
EN Engine
FB Front Bumper
FL LH Front Door
FR RH Front Door
FT Fuel Tank
GC Cooling Pack
IL Injector Rail
IP Instrument Panel
JB Junction Box
LF LH Front Wheel Speed Sensor
LR LH Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
LS LH Front Seat
NA Navigation System
PA Pedals
PH Telephone
RB Rear Bumper
RC Roof Console
RF RH Front Wheel Speed Sensor
RR RH Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
RS RH Front Seat
TL Trunk Lid
TM Trunk Main
VM Vacuum Module
VP Vacuum Pump

Wiring Color Codes

N Brown O Orange
B Black S Slate
W White L Light
K Pink U Blue
G Green P Purple
R Red BRD Braid
Y Yellow BOF Fiber optic (D2B Network)

Code Numbering

When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar Engineer­ing uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002, etc. Because space
is limited in this Electrical Guide the codes have, in most cases, been
shortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes AC1-1, AC002-001 becomes
AC2-1, etc.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

13

Symbols and Codes

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Grounds

There may be up to three eyelets on one ground stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A – first (bottom),
B – second (middle), C – third (top). Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’,
which is identified by an S; the eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified as L (left) or R (right).

SLR

EXAMPLE:

Ground
Ground stud number 15

G15AS G30CR

Single eyelet
First eyelet on stud

SINGLE EYELET EYELET PAIR

Ground
Ground stud number 30

Eyelet pair, RH leg
Third eyelet on stud

On figures where LHD and RHD circuits are combined and the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in
parentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.

EXAMPLE:

G15AR
(G4AR)

LHD Vehicles
RHD Vehicles

G30AS

Same for LHD and RHD Vehicles

Relays

All relays are located in the Power Distribution Fuse Box and the Central Junction Fuse Box. Relays do not have a separate relay connector
(base). All relays use the ISO pin numbering system (1, 2, 3, 4, 5). Each relay in the vehicle is identified by a unique “R” number.

EXAMPLE:

3

1

4

R6

5

2

R2

3

1

5

2

CHANGE-OVER RELAY NORMALLY OPEN RELAY

Fuses

All fuses are located in the Power Distribution Fuse Box and the Central Junction Fuse Box. Each fuse in the vehicle is identified by a unique
“F” number.

EXAMPLE:

F67 30A

Networks

In most instances, networks are shown as a broken grey line to indicate that there is network communication between the depicted control
modules. Refer to Figures 20.1, 20.2, 20.3 and 20.4 for circuit details.

EXAMPLE:

S

IP5-1

S

IP5-2

CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

SCP

Y

20.2

MESSAGE(S)

U

20.2 20.2

MESSAGE(S)

MESSAGE(S)

MESSAGE(S)

20.2

Y

IP10-1

U

IP10-2

S

S

14

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Network Configuration

RESTRAINTS

CONTROL MODULE

PARKING AID

CONTROL MODULE

ABS, ABS/TC OR DSC

CONTROL MODULE

ENGINE

CONTROL MODULE

DSC

YAW RATE SENSOR

HEADLAMP LEVELING

CONTROL MODULE

DSC

STEERING ANGLE

SENSOR

TRANSMISSION

CONTROL MODULE

AIR CONDITIONING

CONTROL MODULE

J GATE

VOICE ACTIVATION
CONTROL MODULE

CELLULAR PHONE

CONTROL MODULE

CD

AUTOCHANGER

AUDIO UNIT

NETWORK GATEWAY

D2B

NAVIGATION

CONTROL MODULE

ROOF

CONSOLE

SERIAL DATA LINK

CAN NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
D2B NETWORK
SERIAL DATA LINK

INSTRUMENT

CLUSTER

NETWORK GATEWAY

CAN SCP

DATA LINK CONNECTOR

NOTE: TYPICAL NETWORK CONFIGURATION.
REFER TO FIGURES 20.1, 20.2, 20.3 AND 20.4 FOR CIRCUIT DETAILS.

GENERAL ELECTRONIC

CONTROL MODULE

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

15

Relay and Fuse Location

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

F9

F30

F31

F32

30A

10A

5A

F39

F40

F41

F42

30A

10A

15A

5A

R9 R7

R10

F29

30A

F38

30A

F10

20A

F36

F37

D2

10A

15A

R11 R8

50A

80A

F8

50A

R5

R6

FRONT OF VEHICLE

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

F1

F2

F3

F4

F5

F6

F7

30A

F19

15A

F28

15A

30A

20A

10A

F18

F27

F17

20A

F26

15A

30A

F16

20A

F25

15A

F15

30A

F24

15A

60A

F23

10A

R4

20A

50A

F13

30A

F22

20A

F21

15A

F20

5A

R1 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY
R2 WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY
R3 HORN RELAY
R4 ACCESSORY POWER RELAY
R5 POWER WASH PUMP RELAY
R6 A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
R7 EMS CONTROL RELAY

R1R2

R8 TCM RELAY
R9 DIP BEAM RELAY
R10 STARTER RELAY
R11 THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY (2.5L & 3.0L);

FUEL PUMP RELAY (2.0L)

R3

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

R19

R17

R20

R18

F63

F62

F61

F60

20A

F68

15A

20A

F69

7.5A

F70

30A

7.5A

F71

15A

7.5A

F72

15A

F64

7.5A

F73

15A

F74

15A

F66

30A

F75

7.5A

F77

7.5A

F67

F78

R21R15

R15 MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY
R16 NOT USED
R17 REVERSE LAMPS RELAY
R18 IGNITION RELAY
R19 HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY
R20 A/C BLOWER RELAY
R21 BATTERY SAVER RELAY

5A

5A

16

10A

F90

7.5A

79

20A

7.5A

F91

10A

10A

F92

10A

15A

F93

30A

5A

F94

20A

7.5A

F95

10A

7.5A

7.5A

F96

15A

F97

7.5A

F98

10A

F99

10A

F87

F86

F85

F84

F83

F82

F81

F80

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Fuse Box Connectors

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX – FRONT

IP4

14

7

IP2

16

8

IP1

14

7

8

1

8

1

9

1

IP3

21

1

9

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX – REAR

JB50

12

1

5

CA75

4

8

34

JB52 CA77

12

JB51

8

16

1

9

12

1

9

CA76

8

16

CA78

8

16

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

17

Main Power Distribution

BATTERY

BATTERY CHASSIS GROUND

(UNDER BATTERY TRAY)

POWER DISTRIBUTION

JUNCTION BOX HARNESS: JB

FUSE BOX

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

+

–

–

–

GENERATOR

STARTER

BATTERY ENGINE GROUND

ENGINE HARNESS: EN

CENTRAL JUNCTION

CABIN HARNESS: CA

FUSE BOX

18

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Harness Layout

FRONT BUMPER HARNESS: FB

VACUUM MODULE HARNESS: VM

VACUUM PUMP HARNESS: VP

ENGINE HARNESS: EN

SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: LF

JUNCTION BOX HARNESS: JB

LH FRONT DOOR HARNESS: FL

INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS: IP

LH REAR DOOR HARNESS: BL

LH FRONT WHEEL

ROOF HARNESS: RC

CABIN HARNESS: CA

NAVIGATION SYSTEM

HARNESS: NA

COOLING PACK HARNESS: GC

INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS: IJ

RH FRONT WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: RF

PEDAL HARNESS: PA

AIR CONDITIONING HARNESS: AC

RH FRONT DOOR HARNESS: FR
RHD INSTRUMENT PACK

HARNESS DEVIATION

RH SEAT HARNESS: RS

LH SEAT HARNESS: LS

RH REAR DOOR HARNESS: BR

TELEPHONE HARNESS: TL

SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: LR

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

LH REAR WHEEL

TRUNK LID HARNESS: TL

RH REAR WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: RR

TRUNK MAIN HARNESS: TM

REAR BUMPER HARNESS: RB

19

Ground Point Location

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

G16 – UNDER BATTERY TRAY

(BATTERY CHASSIS GROUND)

(BATTERY ENGINE GROUND)

G14 – REARWARD OF POWER

DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G37 – LH CROSS CAR BEAM

G15 – LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER

G32 – UNDER

(HID GROUND)

G11 – UNDER

G13 – ENGINE BLOCK

G18 – UNDER
RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

G10 – UNDER
RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

G17 – ON GENERATOR BRACKET
(A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
GROUND)

G33 – BEHIND
RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
(HID GROUND)

G8 – RH FRONT
INNER WHEEL ARCH

G36 – RH CROSS CAR BEAM

G5 – RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER

G4 – RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER

G35 – LH ‘E’ POST, LOWER

(FUEL PUMP GROUND)

G38 – ROOF, TOP OF LH ‘E’ POST

(HEATED REAR WINDOW

(HIGH MOUNT

STOP LAMP GROUND)

G3 – LH ‘E’ POST

GROUND)

G39 – TRUNK, LH REAR

G40 – TRUNK, LH REAR

G1 – TRUNK, LH REAR

G2 – TRUNK, LH REAR

NOTE: UNIQUE GROUND STUDS ARE NOTED IN PARENTHESES.

20

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

COOLING FAN MODULE

VACUUM MODULE

AIR CONDITIONING

CONTROL MODULE

(COMBINED WITH
CONTROL PANEL)

SPEED CONTROL

CONTROL MODULE

RAIN SENSING

CONTROL MODULE

TRANSMISSION

CONTROL MODULE

HEADLAMP LEVELING

CONTROL MODULE

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: LHD

RESTRAINTS

CONTROL MODULE

Control Module Location

ABS, ABS/TC OR DSC
CONTROL MODULE

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
(REMOTE)

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC

CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: RHD

YAW RATE SENSOR

J GATE MODULE

LH SEAT HEATER MODULE

FUEL PUMP MODULE

TRAFFIC MASTER

CONTROL MODULE

CELLULAR PHONE

CONTROL MODULE
VOICE ACTIVATION

CONTROL MODULE

NAVIGATION

CONTROL MODULE

VEHICLE INFORMATION

CONTROL MODULE

RH SEAT HEATER MODULE

TRAILER TOWING MODULE

PARKING AID
CONTROL MODULE

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

21

Control Module Pin Identification

—

G

U

Y

—

Y

P

—

U

—

O

UY

N

G

O

UY

OG

—

GR

GW

GU

—

—

—

—

GO

GO

28

B

54

N

27

53

RG

26

WU

52

GR

W

25

51

WU

24

WG

U

50

23

WG

—

49

22

NR

48

YG

—

21

47

YR

20

BG

46

BW

19

BG

45

BW

B

18

44

GW

B

17

43

BG

—

16

—

42

—

15

—

14

41

GO

Y

13

B

40

12

OY

39

OY

—

11

38

OY

10

GU

Y

37

9

U

P

36

8

GO

—

35

7

GO

34

BG

6

Y

33

WG

5

B

—

32

4

B

B

31

3

—

B

30

2

RU

B

29

1

RU

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE: 2.0L

RW

134

R

80

106

BG

133

W

79

105

YG

132

78

RG

104

YG

131

Y

77

103

BR

130

R

76

102

N

129

—

75

101

N

128

74

BG

100

BW

127

—

99

73

—

126

N

98

72

—

125

—

97

71

Y

124

—

96

70

G

123

B

95

69

—

122

O

94

68

121

WU

EN16

EN16 / 134-WAY / BLACK

BW

120

93

67

UY

BW

119

U

92

66

BO

118

B

91

65

—

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE: 2.5L & 3.0L

117

116

115

114

113

112

111

110

109

108

107

B

BG

BO

BG

—

B

G

RW

P

Y

—

90

64

89

63

GR

88

62

GW

87

61

GU

—

86

60

—

85

59

P

84

58

Y

83

57

B

82

56

B

81

55

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

B

RU

GO

B

UY

—

—

OY

OY

B

GO

BG

BO

BG

B

GO

Y

P

B

O

—

GU

GW

BR

N

N

Y

26

B

52

P

25

Y

51

—

24

P

50

23

WG

—

49

22

WG

B

48

21

NR

U

47

20

BG

46

UY

B

19

—

45

B

18

44

WU

G

17

43

RG

16

GR

42

GR

15

GW

41

GW

14

GU

40

GU

13

YG

W

39

12

YG

38

BG

11

OY

N

37

—

10

36

GU

9

—

U

35

8

OG

34

GO

7

U

—

33

6

Y

—

32

5

B

31

BW

4

B

30

GW

3

BG

29

BW

2

WU

W

28

1

BW

N

27

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

RU

104

GO

103

B

102

—

101

—

100

99

GR

R

98

G

97

96

RW

G

95

94

BO

93

BW

92

BW

EN65

EN65 / 104-WAY / BLACK

B

91

—

90

Y

89

G

88

N

87

G

86

B

85

84

WG

—

83

—

82

I

81

80

UY

Y

79

78

77

76

75

74

73

72

71

70

69

68

67

66

65

64

63

62

61

60

59

58

57

56

55

54

53

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

JB131

10

11

JB131 / 54-WAY / BLUE

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

—

—

—

G

U

N

UY

O

R

B

W

—

G

G

N

N

O

B

R

—

19

37

B

B

20

38

N

W

21

39

—

—

22

40

—

—

23

41

Y

N

24

42

W

—

25

43

G

U

26

44

Y

27

45

BW

O

—

28

46

—

29

47

OY

U

—

30

48

—

—

31

49

—

—

32

50

Y

—

33

51

Y

G

34

52

Y

—

35

53

36

54

WU

WU

22

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

JB45 / JB197

ABS OR ABS/TC CONTROL MODULE

Control Module Pin Identification

—

—

26

42

—

—

25

41

Y

G

—

24

40

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

JB45 / 42-WAY / BROWN (ABS CONTROL MODULE)

1

—

—

23

39

GW

—

—

—

22

38

—

—

—

21

37

—

—

20

36

R

—

—

19

35

B

—

—

18

34

—

—

—

17

33

—

16

32

GO

WR

15

31

NR

WG

R

14

30

NG

WU

B

—

13

29

GB

N

W

12

28

—

—

11

27

JB197 / 42-WAY / BROWN (ABS/TC CONTROL MODULE)

—

—

26

42

—

—

25

41

Y

—

10

9

—

8

—

7

—

6

R

5

B

4

—

3

—

2

R

1

B

G

24

40

—

23

39

GW

—

—

22

38

—

—

21

37

—

—

20

36

—

—

19

35

—

—

18

34

—

—

17

33

16

32

GO

WR

15

31

NR

WG

14

30

NG

WU

—

13

29

GB

N

W

12

28

B

—

11

27

JB185

DSCCONTROL MODULE

26

42

GB

WG
B

—

25

41

Y

—

10

9

—

8

—

7

—

6

R

5

B

4

—

JB185 / 42-WAY / BLUE

3

—

2

R

1

B

G

24

40

23

39

GW

GW

—

—

22

38

—

21

37

U*

—

—

20

36

—

—

19

35

—

—

18

34

—

—

17

33

16

32

GO

WR

15

31

NR

WG

14

30

NG

WU

—

13

29

GB

N

W

12

28

B

—

11

27

* B – early production vehicles.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

23

Control Module Pin Identification

G

G

23

10

9

Y

Y

22

8

—

IP101AC1

W

21

7

O

20

BW

6

B

B

19

5

B

18

BW

4

B

B

17

IP101 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

3

B

W

16

2

B

15

WR

1

U

14

OY

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

IP101AC1

G

G

23

10

9

Y

Y

22

8

—

W

21

7

O

20

BW

6

B

B

19

5

B

18

BW

4

B

B

17

IP101 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

3

B

W

16

2

B

15

WR

1

U

14

OY

R

26

13

OY

Y

25

12

RG

W

24

11

RW

O

23

10

WB

9

R

22

OG

8

21

RU

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (REMOTE)

GB

7

20

GO

GU

6

—

19

GR

5

U

—

18

AC1 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

4

—

17

GW

3

B

—

16

2

—

15

UY

1

G

—

14

R

26

13

OY

Y

25

12

RG

W

24

11

RW

O

23

10

WB

9

R

22

OG

8

21

RU

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL)

GB

7

20

GU

GO

6

—

19

GR

5

U

—

18

AC1 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

4

—

17

GW

3

B

—

16

2

—

15

UY

1

G

—

14

24

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

IP101AC1

Control Module Pin Identification

G

G

23

10

9

Y

Y

22

8

—

—

21

7

O

20

BW

6

—

—

19

5

—

—

18

4

B

—

17

IP101 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

3

B

—

16

2

B

15

WR

1

U

14

OY

1

2

3

GB

4

BK

BR

BO

6

BG

IP39 / 6-WAY / GREY

IP39

IP135

2

1

B

BW

IP135 / 2-WAY / GREEN

R

26

13

OY

Y

25

12

RG

W

24

11

RW

O

23

10

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL)

AC1 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

WB

9

R

22

OG

8

21

GB

RU

7

20

GU

GO

6

—

19

GR

5

U

—

18

4

—

17

GW

3

B

—

16

2

—

15

UY

1

G

—

14

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

25

Control Module Pin Identification

7

—

5*

WG

4

GU

3

B

2

—

IP5 / 23-WAY / BROWN

6

—

1*

WB

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

—

23

22

OY

– WG, Pin 5 – WB.

—

13

21

WG
B

—

12

20

Y

—

11

19

U

—

10

18

23

9

—

—

17

5

7

8

U

—

16

—

15

B

14

* NOTE: LHD shown. RHD vehicles: Pin 1

GR

4

W

3

—

2

—

IP6 / 23-WAY / WHITE

1

6

B

BO

R

—

22

R

U

13

21

—

12

20

BG

11

19

BG

BW

R

O

10

18

9

G

17

BG

8

B

—

16

Y

—

15

—

14

23

GU

5

7

O

4

OY

3

O

2

WB

JB172 / 23-WAY / BLUE

1

6

OY

—

—

22

B

—

13

21

—

—

12

20

—

—

11

19

U

—

10

18

9

—

—

17

8

—

—

16

—

—

15

—

14

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

23

—

5

7

—

—

CA86 CA87 JB172 IP6 IP5

W

23

5

7

B

—

4

YB

3

BK

2

OY

CA86 / 23-WAY / GREY

1

6

—

OG

N

22

—

—

13

21

Y

—

12

20

O

—

11

19

Y

—

10

18

9

G

—

17

8

G

—

16

—

15

U

—

WB

4

O

3

YB

2

O

CA87 / 23-WAY / GREEN

1

6

B

22

—

—

13

21

U

—

12

20

—

—

11

19

—

—

10

18

9

—

17

WG

8

—

W

16

Y

—

15

—

14

26

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Control Module Pin Identification

—

—

26

13

B

W

25

12

Y

B

24

11

U

U

23

10

9

Y

B

22

8

—

21

WB

7

20

WU

WU

6

U

G

19

5

B

G

18

IP10 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

4

Y

O

17

3

B

16

WG

2

B

15

OY

1

—

14

GB

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

IP11 IP1O

1

—

—

14

2

—

15

OG

3

—

16

GB

4

—

17

OY

5

B

—

18

6

U

—

19

7

O

—

20

8

B

O

21

9

—

—

22

IP11 / 26-WAY / YELLOW

U

—

10

23

11

24

GR

GR

R

—

12

25

—

13

26

YU

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

27

Fig. 01.1

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

BATTERY —— ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMP ARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH A POST
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX —— ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE JB186 2-WAY / BLACK BATTERY

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G13 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
G16 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK

CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Main Power Distribution

Main Power Distribution

Fig. 01.1

G13AS

ENGINE

GROUND

G16AS

CHASSIS
GROUND

G12A

G12B

B

B

TIMER

TRANSIT ISOLATION

RELA Y

JB186-1

JB186-2

G12A

G12B

BATTERY

BATTERY

-ve POST

JB160

JB180

W

UY

23

II

B

JB182

BATTERY POWER BUS 2

OY

JB184

OY

JB35-32

JB35-49

JB35-51

BATTERY POWER BUS 1

JB35-6

JB35-10

JB35-14

JB35-16

JBS29

NOTE: JBS41 – Automatic Transmission vehicles only.

OY
OY

1

2

06.1 06.2

06.1 06.2

OG

JB35-31

F18 20A

JB35-50

F27 10A

JB35-52

F28 15A

JB35-5

F2 50A

JB35-9

F4 30A

JB35-13

F6 30A

JB35-15

F7 50A

UY

03.1

3

03.4

UY

RR

JB3-1

R

R

R

R

JBS41

KEY-IN

BB

UY

W

JBS42

W

JB130-5

W

IP2-1

7

8

F67 5A

02.1

04.1

02.2

04.2

STARTER

TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE

I

R

4

IP18-4

II

GO

IP18-1

III

IPS45

GO

IP132-1

IP132-2

IP132-3

GU

IPS44

GU

IP3-1

INERTIA SWITCH

IGNITION SWITCH

R

JB52-1

R

JB50-4

R

JB50-1

R

JB52-2

13

9

10

11

12

01.4

06.1 06.2

06.1 06.2

06.1 06.2

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

5

01.6

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

6

01.201.2

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

01.2

BATTERY POWER BUS

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

All Vehicles
All
December 2001

Fig. 01.2

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMP ARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
CA169 4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA407 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB188 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE

CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Battery Power Distribution

Battery Power Distribution

Fig. 01.2

6

JB35-4

JB35-8

JB35-12

BATTERY POWER BUS 1

JB35-35

JB35-37

JB35-39

JB35-41

JB35-43

JB35-45

JB35-47

F1 20A

F3 60A

F5 30A

NOTE: JBS63 – Automatic Transmission

F20 5A

F21 15A

F22 20A

F23 10A

F24 15A

F25 15A

F26 15A

5

JB34-72

JB34-74

JB34-76

BATTERY POWER BUS 2

JB34-78

JB34-80

JB34-82

JB34-84

F8 80A

F9 50A

F10 20A

F29 30A

F30 30A

F31 10A

F32 5A

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

JB35-3

JB35-7

JB35-11

vehicles only.

JB35-36

JB35-38

JB35-40

JB35-42

JB35-44

JB35-46

JB35-48

JB34-73

JB34-75

JB34-77

JB34-79

JB34-81

JB34-83

JB34-85

NR

JBS63

GO

R

GB

R
WR
RU
OY

O
OY

B

WG

U
OY

N
WU
NR

NR
NR

13

08.1

08.2

04.2

JB3-12

JB3-5

03.4

19.1

13.2

02.2

08.7

R
NR

GB

R

OY

O

JB3-14

05.2

05.1

15

16

16.6

18

08.1

19

12.1

22

01.5 08.5 09.1 12.3

23

JB188-1

N

IPS42

JB1-31

05.3

05.205.1

05.3

16.7

08.2

08.3 08.4 08.5

12.2 13.1

12.3 13.2 14.1 14.2

08.1

07.2

08.2

08.3 13.1

NG

N
NN

CA169-3

NR

09.2

08.6

14.3

08.4 13.2

25

29

30

32

03.2

19.1

08.4

03.1

08.6

03.4

08.5

03.3

19.1

08.6

BATTERY POWER BUS

F60 20A

F61 20A

F66 30A

F68 15A

F70 30A

F71 15A

19.1

F72 15A

F73 15A

F74 15A

F75 7.5A

14

04.1

17

01.3

20

03.2

21

12.3

24

01.6

26

13.1

27

02.1

28

01.6

31

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

08.1

33

34

35

08.2

01.5

01.5

OY

CA78-7

OY OY

CA78-6

OY OY

CA78-12

OY OY

CA78-11

CA77-1

OG

CA65-15

OG

OY

IP4-1

CA78-5

OY

CA70-15

OY

NR

NR NR

CA76-10

CAS72

NOTE: CAS72 – VICS only.

OY

IP1-6

(5)

OY

CA78-1

(6)

(7)

NW

IP1-14

O O

CA78-2 CA36-14

NR

CA78-3

O

IP1-9

U
U

IP2-15

N

CA76-11

CA76-12

CA25-4

CA15-8

CA30-4

CA20-8

(1)

(2)

OG

LSS2

(3)

(4)

CA414-1

CA407-9

NR

OY

RSS2

PHS1

OY OY

OY OY

CAS60

CA414-3

OY OY

CA414-3

JB129-5

OY

OG
OG
OG
OG
OY
OY
OY
OY
OY
NR
NR
NR
NR
OY

OY
NW

NR

O
U
U
N

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

14.1

14.1 14.2

14.1 14.2

14.1 14.2

11.1

11.3

11.1

11.1

19.1

11.1

11.3

11.1

11.1

16.7

16.3

16.1

16.1

20.1

16.6

15.1

16.6

15.1

15.1

14.3

15.2

02.1

06.1

12.3

10.2

NOTATION:

(1) Single Function LH Seat
(2) Powered LH Seat with Heater

14.2

11.2 11.3

11.2

11.2 11.3

11.2

16.4

16.5

16.2 16.3 16.4

16.2 16.3 16.4

20.2

16.7

15.2

16.7

15.2

15.2

07.1

02.2

06.2

12.1 12.2

12.3

(3) Single Function RH Seat
(4) Powered RH Seat with Heater
(5) CD Autochanger and Navigation
(6) Navigation Only
(7) CD Only

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

All Vehicles
All
December 2001

Fig. 01.3

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

ACCESSORY POWER RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R4
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMP ARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA129 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA407 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory)

Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory)

Fig. 01.3

KEY-IN

WR

I

R

4

GW

IP18-6IP18-4

IPS53

GW GW

JB129-18

20

3

1

4

R4

5

NG

2

B B

CA170-16

JBS55

NG

CAS27

NG

CA240-9

NG
NG

1

19.1

I

2

08.4

I

08.5

08.6

19.1

II

ACCESSORY

POWER RELAY

G14AL

III

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

IGNITION SWITCH

(1)

GW

IP2-14

F69 7.5A

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

IP4-6

IP4-5

YU

YG

IPS33

YG YG

YG YG

CA241-12

NOTE: CAS39 – VICS, Navigation, and/or

Reverse Parking Aid only.

CAS39

CA230-1

NOTE: NAS2 – VICS only.

YG

CA414-02

NAS2

YG YG

CA129-1

YG YG

CA407-10

NOTE: PHS4 – Voice only.

PHS4

YU
YG
YG

YG
YG

YG
YG

3

I

4

I

5

I

6

I

7

I

8

I

9

I

10

I

11

I

07.1

16.6

16.7

15.1 15.2

15.1 15.2

16.7

16.6 16.7

18.1

16.3

16.4 16.5

16.1

16.2 16.3 16.4

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

All Vehicles
All
December 2001

Fig. 01.4

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMP ARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

IGNITION RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R18
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH A POST

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA407 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run)

Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run)

Fig. 01.4

R

4

IP18-4

IGNITION SWITCH

F84 5A

F95 10A

F96 7.5A

INTERNAL POWER SUPPLY
CONTINUED FROM THE RIGHT

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

KEY-IN

I

II

IP18-1

GO

IPS45

GO

III

(II)

F67 5A

F77 7.5A

F78 5A

NOTE: The Central Junction Fuse Box
incorporates a negative (ground)
bus bar. Circuits completed to
ground via the bus are identified
by the code “-ve BUS”.

-ve BUS

(CONTINUES)

IP132-1

IP132-2

IP132-3

INERTIA SWITCH

GU GU GU

JB129-12 JB1-15

GO GO GO

JB129-19 JB1-32

GO GO

JB3-2

GO

IP1-1

GR

IP1-8

IP1-4 CA1-3 CA70-3

IPS63

G

JB51-8

GW GW

JB51-10

W

IP2-1

JB130-5

WR

JB51-1

JB51-11

CA10-11

GB

IP2-6

IP4-9

CA240-2

Y

CA76-9

B

B

CA76-5

CAS10

GR

GU

GR GR

W

JBS42

WR

CA407-11

GB

CAS70

CA407-8

G15AR*
G15AL

CA70-9

CA65-9

UNLOCK DOORS

GR
GR
GR

G

W
W
W
W
W

WR

Y

12

03.1

II

13

03.1

II

14

02.1

II

15

02.1

II

16

17.1

II

17

17.1

II

18

17.1

II

19

05.1

II

20

12.3

II

21

05.1

II

22

08.1

II

23

01.1

II

24

04.1

II

25

16.3

II

26

11.3

II

27

11.3

II

28

16.1

II

12.1 12.2

IPS44

JB3-8

GB GB
GB GB

* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.

GU

03.3

03.3

04.1

02.2

02.2

05.2

05.2

08.2 08.7

04.2

16.4

16.2 16.3 16.4

07.1

05.3

05.3

16.5

04.2

12.3

INTERNAL POWER SUPPLY
CONTINUES TO THE LEFT

IP3-1

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

(CONTINUED)

R18

3

2

IGNITION

RELAY

5

1

9

-ve BUS

F94 20A

F80 7.5A

F92 10A

F82 10A

F83 15A

F62 7.5A

F91 10A

F68 15A

F90 7.5A

F81 20A

F93 30A

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

IP4-10

29

08.3

II

30

08.3

II

CA75-4

WR

WR

CA75-5

CA230-14

RW

IP2-12

NOTE: JBS21 – Manual Transmission only .

CA76-15

JB130-20

N
GB

JB51-13

GR

JB51-14 JB1-13

GR

IP2-8

JB51-15

IP4-14 JB3-6

O

GB

IP1-7

GU

GW

CAS20

CAS71

CA78-15

NOTE: CAS20 – Rear Power
Windows only.

CA78-14

NOTE: CAS71 – Rear Power
Windows only.

WU

CA78-13 CA36-12

OY

IP4-1

NR

CA76-16

CA78-10

CA78-9

IP1-10

CA170-13

NG

CA10-7

NOTE: CA10-7 – 2.0L only.

GR

JB51-9

GW

IP2-7

NOTE: IPS70 – Later Production vehicles only.

WR

IPS64

RW

JBS21

CA170-14

JB1-2

GU

GU

CA20-9

GW

GW

CA15-9

NR

JB2-2 (2.5, 3.0 L)

JB196-2 (2.0 L)

NOTE: PAS3 – Cruise Control only.

JBS25

IPS70

RW

JB1-30

RW RW

JB2-14 (2.5, 3.0 L)

JB196-5 (2.0 L)

CA30-5

(LHD)

(RHD)

GU

FRS4

CA25-5

(RHD)

(LHD)

GW

FLS3

NR

PAS3

GW

JB3-6

WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
RW

GB
GR
GR

GB
GU
GU
GU
GU
GW
GW
GW
GW
WU

WU** BR

OY
NR
NR
NG
GR
GR
GR
GW
GW

31

08.7

II

32

06.1

06.2

II

33

06.2

II

34

06.1

II

35

20.1

20.2

II

36

04.1

04.2

II

37

03.2

03.4

II

38

03.2

II

N

39

02.1

II

40

04.1

II

41

02.1

II

42

10.1

II

O

43

13.1

II

44

08.3

II

45

14.1 14.2

II

46

14.1

II

47

14.2

II

48

10.2 14.2

II

49

14.1 14.2

II

50

14.2

II

51

14.1

II

52

10.2

II

53

14.3

II

54

10.1

II

55

19.1

II

56

03.2

II

57

03.1

II

58

03.2

II

59

13.1

II

60

13.1

II

61

13.1

II

62

13.1

II

63

13.1

II

04.1

03.4

02.2

04.2

02.2

13.2

08.4 08.5

14.1

03.4

03.3 03.4

03.4

13.2

13.2

13.2

13.2

13.2

04.2

04.1

04.2

08.3

08.6

** NOTE: WU – early production vehicles.

05.1 05.2

08.3 08.4 08.5

05.3

08.6

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

All Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 01.5

General Electronic Control Module
 Pin Description and Characteristic

PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O IP5-20 BATTERY SAVER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

BATTERY SAVER RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R21
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMP ARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

O

23

JB172-5

NOTE:

“Battery Saver” provides automatic switch-off of the Courtesy Lamps after 10 minutes and
automatic switch-off of the Demand Lighting and Audible Warning after 30 minutes.

GECM timers are started when the ignition key has been switched to the I (accessory)
or 0 (off) position. When the timers expire at 10 and 30 minutes, the feature(s) is / are switched off.

When one of the following actions is detected, all features are enabled and the
battery saver timer is reset:

• the ignition is switched to II (run) or III (start).

• any door or trunk lid becomes ajar or is opened.

• any unlock is activated.
Battery saver is also active when GECM diagnostic mode is entered.

B

O

BATTERY

SAVER

CONTROL

P

GENERAL ELECTRONIC

CONTROL MODULE

B

B

IP6-1

B

CA86-5

G4AL

G5AS
(G5AR)

Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver

4

R21

3

B

IP4-3IP5-20

1

BATTERY SAVER

F99 10A

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

RELA Y

5

2

34

35

OY

IP4-11

OY

CA76-6

CA76-14

NOTE: CAS30 – Door Courtesy Lamps only.

CA36-16

CAS30

OY

OY

OYOY

IPS12

RCS3

CA21-4

CA16-4

Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver

OY

64

06.1 06.2

B

OY

65

09.1

B

OY

66

09.1

B

WR

67

06.2

B

OY

68

09.1

B

OY

69

09.1

B

OY

70

09.1

B

OY

71

09.1

19.1

09.1

09.1

09.1

OY
OY
OY

B

72

B

73

B

74

B

Fig. 01.5

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

All Vehicles
All
December 2001

Fig. 01.6

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

EMS CONTROL RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R7
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA5 12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
EN4 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB187 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

5

BATTERY POWER BUS 2

JBS47

JB34-74

JB34-82

F9 50A

F31 10A

Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution

R7

JB34-75

JB34-83

WU

WU

WU

WU

WU

WG
WU

WU

JB34-96

JB34-104

JB34-98

JB34-94

JB34-92

26

31

JB34-90 JB34-91

JB34-102

F38 30A

F42 30A

F39 5A

F37 15A

F36 10A

D2

(EMS DIODE)

F41 10A

JB34-97

JB34-105

JB34-99

JB34-95

JB34-93

WG

WR

NG

WG

GU

JB34-103

JBS46

JBS44

WG
WU

NR

3

1

EMS CONTROL

RELA Y

5

2

WG

WG

GU
GU
GU
GU
GU
GU

WU

BB

JB1-41

NR

JB1-33

NR GR

WG

JB1-1

WR

JB1-9

NG

JB1-11

WG

WG

JB1-35

GU
GU
GU

JB1-5

94

03.1

03.2

13.1

03.4

03.4

13.2

E

95

E

96

E

GU

EN4-6

CA10-2

03.1

ECM CONTROL

03.3

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

WG

WR

NG

WG

GU

ILS1

ENS13

ENS4

ENS27

ENS11

JB187-2

CA5-10

Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution

GW
GY
GU
GR
GB
GN
WG
WG
WR
WR
NG
NG
WG
WG
WG
WG
GU
GU
GU

75

03.2

03.2

03.2

03.2

03.2

03.2

03.1

03.1

03.1

03.1

03.1

03.1

03.2

04.1

03.1

03.1

03.1

03.1

03.1

03.4

03.4

03.4

03.4

03.4

03.4

03.3

03.3

03.3

03.3

03.3

03.3

03.4

03.3

03.3

03.3

03.3

E

76

E

77

E

78

E

79

E

80

E

81

E

82

E

83

E

84

E

85

E

86

E

87

E

88

E

89

E

90

E

91

E

92

E

93

E

Fig. 01.6

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

All Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 02.1

General Electronic Control Module
 Pin Description and Characteristic

S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +

I IP6-8 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN

Instrument Cluster
 Pin Description and Characteristic

D IP10-3 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D IP10-4 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

I IP10-5 PATS GROUND: GROUND
O IP10-6 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
C IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN –
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP –

I IP11-7 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I IP11-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+

Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
 Pin Description and Characteristic

I EN16-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+

I EN16-031 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I EN16-031 CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O EN16-041 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I EN16-053 GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
O EN16-065 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION

I EN16-079 GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
C EN16-123 CAN –
C EN16-124 CAN +

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

BATTERY — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH PA5 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

GENERATOR EN49 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / GREEN STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
STARTER MOTOR ST2 1-WAY EYELET ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE

STARTER RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R10
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION

CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE

IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW

ST3 / EN700 1-WAY EYELET

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

EN700 1-WAY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS STARTER SOLENOID
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G13 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK
G16 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

G13AS

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

B

G12A

G16AS

4

B

G12B

BATTERY

KEY-IN

I

R

IP18-4

II

III

IGNITION SWITCH

(III)

JB160

IP18-5

IP18-7

Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L

B

7

Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L

Fig. 02.1

B

STARTER

RELAY

4

R10

3

OY

28

Y

JB129-11

Y Y

JBS34

1

Y

5

Y

2

GO

GO

Y

JB1-42

Y

P

39

II

N

JB156-10

N

JB156-6

B

(AUTO)

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

Y

EN700-1ST3

(1)

TRANSMISSION

RANGE SENSOR

(ROW)

14

II

GO BRW

B

IP6-8

61

15

II

O

IP11-7

GR

IP11-11

G

IP10-6

O

G

IP15-1

WG

IP10-4IP15-4

IP10-3IP15-3

B

IP10-5IP15-2

(NAS)

JB2-16

I

GENERAL ELECTRONIC

CONTROL MODULE

B

B

ANTI-THEFT

PA TS POWER

D

D

PA TS GROUND

S

S

SECURITY

S

S

PASSIVE
SYSTEM

C

C

U

CLUTCH PEDAL

SAFETY SWITCH

Y

IP5-19

IP5-18

IP10-22

IP10-23

IP10-18

IP10-17

20.2

U

20.2

Y

20.2

U

20.2

G

20.1

Y

20.1

PA5-2PA5-1

W

O.K. TO START

O.K. TO START

(ROW)

(NAS)

JB2-12

(MAN)

GENERATOR WARNING

STARTER MOTOR

GO

JB1-40

Y

JB1-34

EN16-41

Y

EN16-6

B

JB145-5

20.1

20.1

EN16-31

G

EN16-123

Y

EN16-124

O

I

I

C

C

START
ENGINE

CRANK
ENGINE
REQUEST

P, N

O

EN16-65 EN49-3

I

EN16-53

I

EN16-79

EN700

ST2

Y

B

B

NOTATION:

(1) Early production vehicles
(2) Later production vehicles

GR

41

II

EN49-2

OG

RG

U

EN49-1

EN49-4

(2)

B

FIELD

CHARGE

GENERATOR
LOAD

GENERATOR

ST4

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT

SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER

14 64

B

G37AL

(G36BL)

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

IP11-8

P

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

NOTE: ECM power supplies and
grounds shown on Fig. 03.1.

ENGINE

CONTROL MODULE

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 02.2

General Electronic Control Module
 Pin Description and Characteristic

S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +

I IP6-8 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN

Instrument Cluster
 Pin Description and Characteristic

D IP10-3 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D IP10-4 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

I IP10-5 PATS GROUND: GROUND
O IP10-6 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
C IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN –
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP –

I IP11-7 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I IP11-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+

Engine Control Module (2.0L)
 Pin Description and Characteristic

I EN65-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+
O EN65-008 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION

I EN65-035 GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON

I EN65-043 GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
O EN65-068 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I EN65-085 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I EN65-085 CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): B+
C EN65-088 CAN –
C EN65-089 CAN +

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

BATTERY — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

GENERATOR EN49 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / GREEN STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
STARTER MOTOR (EARLY PRODUCTION) ST2 1-WAY EYELET ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE

STARTER RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R10
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION

CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE

IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW

ST3 / EN700 1-WAY EYELET

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

EN700 1-WAY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS STARTER SOLENOID
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALSGROUNDS

Ground Location
G13 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK
G16 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

G13AS

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

B

G12A

G16AS

4

B

G12B

BATTERY

KEY-IN

I

R

IP18-4

II

III

IGNITION SWITCH

(III)

JB160

IP18-5

IP18-7

Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0L

B

7

Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0L

Fig. 02.2

B

STARTER

RELA Y

4

R10

3

OY

28

Y

JB129-11

Y

Y

JBS34

1

Y

5

Y

2

GO

GO

Y

JB1-42

Y

P

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

39

II

N

JB156-10

N

JB156-6

B

(AUTO)

TRANSMISSION
RANGE SENSOR

EN700

Y

B

14

II

61

15

II

G

O

G

IP15-1

WG

B

GO B

JB196-4

B

O

GR

IP6-8

GENERAL ELECTRONIC

CONTROL MODULE

IP11-7

IP11-11

IP10-6

IP10-4IP15-4

IP10-3IP15-3

IP10-5IP15-2

I

SECURITY

B

B

ANTI-THEFT

PA TS POWER

D

D

PA TS GROUND

S

S

S

S

PASSIVE

SYSTEM

C

C

IP5-19

IP5-18

IP10-22

IP10-23

IP10-18

IP10-17

U

JB196-6

Y

20.2

U

Y

U

G

Y

O.K. TO START

20.2

20.2

20.2

20.1

O.K. TO START

20.1

(MAN)

GENERATOR WARNING

STARTER MOTOR

GO

JB1-40

Y

JB1-34

EN65-068

Y

EN65-006

B

JB145-5

20.1

20.1

EN65-085

G

EN65-088

Y

EN65-089

O

I

I

C

C

START
ENGINE

CRANK
ENGINE
REQUEST

P, N

O

EN65-008 EN49-3

I

EN65-043

I

EN65-035

ST2

B

GR

41

II

EN49-2

OG

RG

U

EN49-1

EN49-4

B

FIELD

CHARGE

GENERATOR
LOAD

ST4

GENERATOR

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT

SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER

14 64

G37AL

(G36BL)

B

IP11-8

P

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

NOTE: ECM power supplies and
grounds shown on Fig. 03.3.

ENGINE

CONTROL MODULE

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

2.0L Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 03.1

Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
 Pin Description and Characteristic

O EN16-001 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
O EN16-002 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE

PG EN16-004 POWER GROUND 1: GROUND
PG EN16-005 POWER GROUND 2: GROUND

I EN16-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+

I EN16-007 IGNITION ON: B+

I EN16-008 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I EN16-010 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED

SS EN16-012 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V

SS EN16-013 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2: NOMINAL 5 V
SG EN16-017 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 1: GROUND
SG EN16-018 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUND
SG EN16-019 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND
SG EN16-020 SENSOR GROUND 2: GROUND

B+ EN16-022 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ EN16-023 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+

B+ EN16-024 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+
SG EN16-029 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND
SG EN16-030 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND

I EN16-031 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN16-031 CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN16-036 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

SG EN16-037 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

O EN16-038 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 1 / TOP: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O EN16-039 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 2 / BOTTOM: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O EN16-040 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-041 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

SG EN16-043 TP AND APP SIGNALS SHIELD: GROUND

I EN16-044 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION
SG EN16-045 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG EN16-046 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I EN16-050 ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

O EN16-052 THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-053 GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE

SG EN16-054 THROTTLE MOTOR GROUND: GROUND

O EN16-055 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
O EN16-056 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE

I EN16-065 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION

O EN16-066 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0.04% – 100%
O EN16-067 EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE DRIVE: TO CLOSE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I EN16-068 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG EN16-069 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I EN16-070 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I EN16-071 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I EN16-073 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: POTENTIOMETER – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES

I EN16-075 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: IDLE = 0.74 V; FULL THROTTLE = 3.97 V

I EN16-076 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: IDLE = 1.65 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.20 V

I EN16-078 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I EN16-079 GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON

O EN16-080 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR
SG EN16-081 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND
SG EN16-082 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND

I EN16-083 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
I EN16-084 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT

SG EN16-091 HO2 SENSOR HEATERS 1/2, 2/2 GROUND: GROUND

O EN16-092 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 ms, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 ms = 0%, 77 ms = 30%, 256 ms = 100%

O EN16-093 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 ms, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 ms = 0%, 77 ms = 30%, 256 ms = 100%

I EN16-094 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

SG EN16-095 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I EN16-098 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL

SG EN16-100 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND

I EN16-102 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.97 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.33 V
I EN16-103 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.97 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 0.84 V

I EN16-104 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE DECREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
D EN16-105 SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATION
O EN16-106 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR

I EN16-107 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT

I EN16-108 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
O EN16-109 BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
O EN16-110 BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%

SG EN16-111 BANK 1 FUEL INJECTORS (1, 3, 5) GROUND: GROUND
SG EN16-116 BANK 2 FUEL INJECTORS (2, 4, 6) GROUND: GROUND

C EN16-123 CAN –
C EN16-124 CAN +

I EN16-127 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES

I EN16-128 HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING

I EN16-129 HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING

SG EN16-130 HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUND

B+ EN16-134 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN RELAY ACTIVATED

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

APP SENSOR PA1 6-WAY / BLACK ABOVE ACCELERATOR PEDAL
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMP ARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

CKP SENSOR EN12 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
CMP SENSOR 1 EN43 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
CMP SENSOR 2 EN33 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
ECT SENSOR EN18 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE, FRONT
EFT SENSOR IL8 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL, FRONT
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
EOT SENSOR EN25 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE FT5 2-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF FUEL TANK
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE JB170 2-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF FUEL TANK
FTP SENSOR FT1 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF FUEL TANK
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 1/2 EN14 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 EXHAUST
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 2/2 EN9 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 EXHAUST
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 1/1 EN37 4-WAY / GREY BANK 1 EXHAUST
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 2/1 EN32 4-WAY / GREY BANK 2 EXHAUST
IMT SOLENOID VALVE 1 EN999 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD TOP
IMT SOLENOID VALVE 2 EN998 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD BOTTOM
IP SENSOR IL7 3-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL REAR
KNOCK SENSOR EN23 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE
MAF SENSOR EN6 5-WAY / BLACK ENGINE AIR INTAKE DUCT
MAP SENSOR EN8 4-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
THROTTLE BODY EN10 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD

THROTTLE MOTOR EN10 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD
THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R11
TP SENSOR (2.5L & 3.0L) EN13 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1 EN61 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2 EN42 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD

CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

EN13 4-WAY / BLACK

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA5 12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
EN4 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G8 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 1

Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 1

Fig. 03.1

VIA INERTIA SWITCH

ENGINE CRANK

EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

GENERATOR: CHARGE

GENERATOR: FIELD

GENERATOR: LOAD

STARTER RELAY DRIVE

PARK; NEUTRAL

THROTTLE MOTOR

RELA Y

4

R11

3

OG

3

1

GU

94

E

5

2

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

ENS1 ENS22

ENS47

BBB

G8AL G8AR

32
89

E

90

E

13

II

12

II

02.1

01.6

02.1

02.1

02.1

02.1

02.1

20.1

20.1

20.2

RW

GR

JB1-38

JB1-39

B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B

NR

WG

WG

GO

GU

Y

B

RG

OG

U

GO

B

G

Y

W

RW

GR

EN16-017
EN16-018
EN16-004
EN16-005
EN16-030
EN16-054
EN16-082
EN16-091
EN16-029
EN16-081
EN16-111
EN16-116

EN16-022

EN16-023

EN16-024

EN16-007

EN16-010

EN16-006

EN16-040

EN16-053

EN16-065

EN16-079

EN16-041

EN16-031

EN16-123

EN16-124

EN16-105

EN16-134

EN16-052

ENGINE CONTROL

(CONTINUED Fig. 03.2)

B

B

B

I

I

I

O

I

O

I

O

I

–

C

+

C

D

B

O

P
P

MODULE

HO2 SENSORS

UPSTREAM

2/11/1

UU

EN37 EN32-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1

Y

P

RU

WG

Y

P

GO

81

I

EN16-083

I

EN16-084

O

EN16-001

O

EN16-002

I

EN16-107

I

EN16-108

O

EN16-055

O

EN16-056
EN16-130

I

EN16-128

O

EN16-092

I

EN16-129

O

EN16-093
EN16-037

I

EN16-036

I

EN16-094
EN16-095
EN16-100

I

EN16-068
EN16-069

I

EN16-098

I

EN16-044
EN16-045
EN16-046

I

EN16-071

I

EN16-070
EN16-019

I

EN16-078

I

EN16-073

I

EN16-050
EN16-012

I

EN16-104

I

EN16-127

I

EN16-103

I

EN16-102
EN16-020
EN16-013
EN16-043

O

EN16-080

O

EN16-106

I

EN16-076

I

EN16-075

I

EN16-008

O

EN16-067

O

EN16-066

O

EN16-039

O

EN16-038

O

EN16-110

O

EN16-109

Y
P

RU
RU

Y
P

GO
GO
BR
N
U
N
UY

Y
P
O
B
BG
G
N

N
GW
BW
BW
O

UY

BG

Y

U

U

OY

RG

BW

Y
R

BG
Y

BG

G
R

Y
P

GO

O
UY

OY
OY

G
RW

ENS2

ENS3

ENS10

E

BR

BG

1

SOLENOID VALVES

RW

BG

2

VVT

G

1/2

λ

EN14 EN9-4 -3 -2-1 -4 -3 -2-1

WR

N

83

E

BR

ENS15

85

E

OY

NG

1

SOLENOID VALVES

(1 TOP; 2 BOTTOM)

HO2 SENSORS

DOWNSTREAM

2/2

λ

W

U

WG

N

WUYWR

82

E

BR

IMT

BR

BG

ENS26

BG

JB1-23 JBS4
JB1-29
JB1-10

OY

EN998 -2 -1EN999 -2 -1

GO GO GO GW GW

O

CA170-5

86

E

NG

91

E

UY

GU

JB170 -2 -1EN42 -2 -1EN61 -2 -1

2

EVAP

CANISTER

PURGE VALVE

CKP

SENSOR

EN43

EN12

-1

Y

84

E

-1

-2

P

BG BG

CMP

SENSORS

EN43

-2

O

B

BG BG

ENS5

EN33

KNOCK

SENSOR

21

EN23 -1

EN33

-1

-2

G

-2

N

W

N

MAF

SENSOR

IATS

EN6 -1 -3 -2EN12

GW

BWOBG

GU

93

E

ECT

SENSOR

υ

EN18 -2 -1-5-4

UY

EOT

SENSORIPSENSOR

υ

EN25 -1 -2

BG

υ

Y

IL7 -3 -2 -1

BG

WG

ILS2

WG

EFT

SENSOR

υ

IL8 -1 -2 FT1 -2 -1-3EN8 -2 -1 -4

YG

NU

WU

MAP

SENSOR

OYBWBG

FTP

SENSOR*

RG

OY

BG

BGBG

EN4

EN4

EN4

-11

-12

-4

U

OY

EN4

-10

CA5

CA5

U

CA10

-13

CA5

-4

-6

CA10

-5

RGRG

OYOY

CA10

-18

-19

BG BG

JB1

-14

O

CA5

-9

FT5 -2 -1

CANISTER

CLOSE VALVE*

O

EVAP

JB1-8
JB1-7

Y
R

BG

Y

W

JB1-6

CA10-20

92

E

NOTES:

GU

* EVAP Canister Close Valve and Fuel Tank
Pressure Sensor – NAS vehicles only.

Shielding shown as dashed lines are braided
wires.

W

CA75

CENTRAL
JUNCTION
FUSE BOX

-7-6

BRD

JB2-6

JB2-5
JB2-15JB1-12
JB2-13JB1-3

WW

JB2-4

CA170-15

JB2

-1

57

II

GW

NR

PA3 -1 -3

BRAKE

ON / OFF

SWITCH

BG

ENS6

ENS7

BG

P

Y

EN13 -3-1 -2 -4

TP1

TP2

TP SENSOR

JB1-17

OY OY

JB1-18

OY

R

EN10

EN10

-2

-1

THROTTLE

MOTOR

THROTTLE BODY

BG

JBS20

JBS45

OY

BG

JB2

JB2

-8

-7

BG

OY

R

BG

G

Y

PA1 -2 -3

-4-6 -1-5

APP1

Y

APP2

APP SENSOR

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 03.2

Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
 Pin Description and Characteristic

I EN16-009 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

SS EN16-012 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V

SG EN16-019 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND

I EN16-025 FUEL PUMP MODULE MONITOR: PWM, 1 Hz, 50% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NORMAL, 25% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NO CONTROL SIGNAL, 75% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = FUEL PUMP INOPERATIVE

O EN16-027 FUEL PUMP MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 250 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% – 51%

I EN16-033 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O EN16-034 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I EN16-047 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE

SG EN16-048 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

O EN16-051 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%
O EN16-061 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-062 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-063 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-087 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-088 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-089 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-113 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-114 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-115 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-118 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-119 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN16-120 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I EN16-121 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
I EN16-131 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1 (1, 3, 5): PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
I EN16-132 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2 (2, 4, 6): PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

SG EN16-133 FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHIELD: GROUND

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R6
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH EN30 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR JB106 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH PA2 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
COOLING FAN – LH GC2 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK LH SIDE
COOLING FAN – RH GC1 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK RH SIDE
COOLING FAN MODULE JB188 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
FUEL INJECTOR 1 IL1 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 2 IL4 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 3 IL2 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 4 IL5 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 5 IL3 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 6 IL6 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL PUMP FT2 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK
FUEL PUMP MODULE CA105 10-WAY / BLACK UNDER REAR SEAT LH SIDE
IGNITION CAPACITOR EN94 2-WAY / BLACK BELOW AIR INTAKE
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1 EN51 4-WAY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2 EN54 4-WAY BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3 EN52 4-WAY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4 EN55 4-WAY BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5 EN53 4-WAY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6 EN56 4-WAY BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SW5 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL

PWM1 4-WAY

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA5 12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
EN4 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB187 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G8 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH
G11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G17 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON GENERATOR BRACKET
G35 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER E POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 2

Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 2

Fig. 03.2

FRONT OF

ENGINE

2

4

6

CYLINDER NUMBERING

1

3

5

1

IL1 -1 -2 IL2 -1 -2 IL3 -1 -2 IL4 -1 -2 IL5 -1 -2 IL6 -1 -2

NW

GW

75

E

EN4

-1

BG

O

EN16-115

O

EN16-114

O

EN16-113

O

EN16-120

O

EN16-119

O

EN16-118

O

EN16-087

O

EN16-088

I

EN16-131

O

EN16-089

O

EN16-061

O

EN16-062

I

EN16-132

O

EN16-063

O

EN16-034

O

EN16-051

I

EN16-025

O

EN16-027

EN16-133

I

EN16-033

I

EN16-009
EN16-019
EN16-012

I

EN16-121

I

EN16-047
EN16-048

ENGINE CONTROL

MODULE

(CONTINUED FROM Fig. 03.1)

BG
BO
BG
BW
BW
BO

GU
GW
YG
GR
GU
GW
YG
GR

BG

WU

W
N

BG

WG
U

BG

OY
WU

YR
YG

NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 03.1.

ON RESUME SET + SET - OFFCANCEL

1κ Ω

2.2κ Ω 510 Ω 300 Ω 180 Ω 120 Ω

SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES

FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION MODULES AND COILS

3 5 2

N

GY

NR

EN4

76

E

-7

BO

EN4

77

-2

BG

GU

E

EN4

NU

-8

BW

B

SWS1

YR

SW5-4

STEERING WHEEL

4

GR

NG

EN4

79

-3

78

E

BW

E

GB

EN4

6

NY

GN

80

E

-9

RW

37

II

ENS19

BO

RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW

1

EN51 -4 -2 -3 -13EN52 -4 -2 -3 -15EN53 -4 -2 -3 -12EN54 -4 -2 -3 -14EN55 -4 -2 -3 -16EN56 -4 -2 -3 -1

GUYGB

RW

GWYGB

RW

GRYGB

RW

GUYGB

RWGWYGBRW

ENS17 ENS16

GRYGB

W

RW

B
B
B
B
B
B

IGNITION

CAPACITOR

EN94 -1 -2

B

ENS18

B

G8AL

JB145-7

AIR CONDITIONING

COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

RELA Y

4

R6

RG

BG

5

2

3

RU

21

1

GU

95

E

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

JB1

-36

RG

EN30-1

AIR CONDITIONING

COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

JB1

-37

BG

WUWU

JB187-1

NG

25

WG

87

E

PWM1-2

WU

PWM1-3

EN30-2

B

FANS

B

I

B

G17AS

N

BG

BRD

BG

GC2-A GC2-B

LH COOLING FAN

OY

R

GC1-B GC1-A

OG

RH COOLING FAN

OY

BG

YR

YG

JB1

JB1

-25

-24

YR

YG

JB129

JB129

B

SW4-3SW5-2

CASSETTE

YG

IP34-6

-13

-14

JB1

ENS7

WU

-19

JB1

ENS6

OYOY OY

JB1

-18

-17

BG BG

JBS

JBS

45

20

WU

JB106 -3 -2 -1 PA2 -1 -2

BG

YR

SW4-1

CASSETTE

IP34-8

AIR CONDITIONING

PRESSURE SENSOR

U

JB1

-28

U

JB2

-10

U

BRAKE
CANCEL
SWITCH

56

II

NR

WG

JB1

-4

WG

JB2

-11

38

II

W

RW

PA4 -3 -1

CLUTCH
CANCEL

SWITCH*

BG

JB1-26

BRD

FUEL PUMP

FUEL TANK

* NOTE: Clutch Cancel Switch –

Manual Transmission vehicles only.

N

CA10-15JB145-1

CA170-2JB1-27

BG BG

CA170-1

KB

B

R

FT2-2

Y

FT2-4

CA5-7

CA5-8

G11AS

G35AS

G

58

II

WW
N

BRD

BRD

B

JB188-2

B

NG

CA105-9

CA105-7

CA105-1

BG

CA105-4

W

CA105-5

R

CA105-10

Y

CA105-3

B

CA105-2

O

O

O

O

P

COOLING FAN

MODULE

B

O

I

O

O

P

FUEL PUMP

MODULE

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 03.3

Engine Control Module (2.0L)
 Pin Description and Characteristic

I EN65-001 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES

I EN65-002 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
SG EN65-003 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG EN65-004 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND1: GROUND
SG EN65-005 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUND

I EN65-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+

SS EN65-011 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V
PG EN65-018 POWER GROUND 2: GROUND
PG EN65-019 POWER GROUND 1: GROUND

B+ EN65-021 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ EN65-022 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+

B+ EN65-023 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+

I EN65-025 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
I EN65-026 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT

I EN65-027 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: CLOSED THROTTLE = 0.89 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.50 V
SG EN65-028 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND
SG EN65-029 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I EN65-030 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION
SG EN65-031 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I EN65-034 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I EN65-035 GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON

I EN65-036 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I EN65-037 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL
SG EN65-038 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND

D EN65-039 SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATION

I EN65-043 GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE

O EN65-044 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%
O EN65-046 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%
O EN65-047 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%

SG EN65-048 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/2 AND 2/2: GROUND

I EN65-050 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT

I EN65-051 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
SG EN65-052 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND

I EN65-053 HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING

I EN65-054 HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
SG EN65-055 HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUND

I EN65-059 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG EN65-060 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I EN65-061 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG EN65-062 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

I EN65-063 IGNITION ON: B+
SG EN65-064 BANK 2 FUEL INJECTORS (2, 4, 6) GROUND: GROUND

O EN65-068 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-069 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-070 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 2 / BOTTOM: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O EN65-071 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 1 / TOP: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O EN65-074 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0.04% – 100%

SG EN65-075 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND

O EN65-077 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE

SG EN65-078 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND

I EN65-079 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I EN65-080 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I EN65-081 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I EN65-085 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION) : NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I EN65-085 CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION) : B+

I EN65-086 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG EN65-087 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

C EN65-088 CAN –
C EN65-089 CAN +

SG EN65-091 BANK 1 FUEL INJECTORS (1, 3, 5) GROUND: GROUND

O EN65-095 BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
O EN65-096 BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
O EN65-097 IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE MOTOR DRIVE (–): PWM
O EN65-098 IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE MOTOR DRIVE (+): PWM

SG EN65-102 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND

O EN65-103 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
O EN65-104 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMP ARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

CKP SENSOR EN12 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
CMP SENSOR 1 EN43 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
CMP SENSOR 2 EN33 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
ECT SENSOR EN18 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE, FRONT
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
EOT SENSOR EN25 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE JB170 2-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF FUEL TANK
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 1/2 EN14 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 EXHAUST
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 2/2 EN9 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 EXHAUST
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 1/1 EN37 4-WAY / GREY BANK 1 EXHAUST
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 2/1 EN32 4-WAY / GREY BANK 2 EXHAUST
IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE EN87 2-WAY / BLACK THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
IMT SOLENOID VALVE 1 EN999 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD TOP
IMT SOLENOID VALVE 2 EN998 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD BOTTOM
KNOCK SENSOR EN23 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE
MAF SENSOR EN6 5-WAY / BLACK ENGINE AIR INTAKE DUCT
MAP SENSOR EN8 4-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR
TP SENSOR (2.0L) EN88 3-WAY / BLACK ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1 EN61 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2 EN42 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD

CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS

GROUNDS

Ground Location

G8 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the contr ol module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

EN65-043

EN65-006

EN65-063

EN65-036

RG

GU

GO

Y

ENS1 ENS22

G8AL G8AR

B

B

B

B

B

B
B
B

B

B

B

EN65-091

EN65-064

EN65-102

EN65-078

EN65-052

EN65-048

EN65-075

EN65-005

EN65-004

EN65-019

EN65-018

RW

EN65-096

G

EN65-095

OY

EN65-071

OY

EN65-070

UY

EN65-074

N

EN65-027

W

EN65-028

Y

EN65-079

UY

EN65-080

BG

EN65-003

O

EN65-081

BW

EN65-031

BW

EN65-029

GW

EN65-030

GO

EN65-076

P

EN65-025

Y

EN65-026

P

EN65-050

Y

EN65-051

BR

EN65-055

RU

EN65-104

RU

EN65-077

EN65-088

G

EN65-089

Y

EN65-039

W

C

C

D

20.1

20.1

20.2

EN65-085

EN65-008

EN65-035

EN65-068

B

GO

U

OG

02.2

13

II

I

I

O

I

I

02.2

02.2

02.2

02.2

I

02.2

EN65-021

NR

32

EN23 -1

EN37 EN32-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1

EN6 -1 -3 -2EN12

-1

EN18 -2 -1-5-4

υ

2/11/1

IATS

υ

EN25 -1 -2

υ

EN14 EN9-4 -3 -2-1 -4 -3 -2-1

λ

2/2

λ

1/2

UU

E

81

E

83

E

82

E

84

Y

P

RU

WG

Y

P

GO

WR

N

WUWG

N

W

UY

WR

GW

BWOBG

N

EN65-054

U

EN65-047

N

EN65-053

GO

EN65-103

UY

EN65-046

I

I

I

I

O
O

O
O

O

O

EN65-069

B

O

01.6

EN43

-1

EN33

-1

21

Y

P

O

B

G

N

W

N

EN12

-2

EN43

-2

EN33

-2

-2

N

EN65-037

N

EN65-087

G

EN65-086

BG

EN65-038

B

EN65-060

O

EN65-059

P

EN65-061

Y

EN65-062

–

+

O

GU

ENS6

E

93

I

I

EN87

-2

EN87

-1

EN88

-1

OY

EN65-011

BW

EN65-001

UY

BG

Y

BG

EN8 -2 -1 -4

OYBWBG

I
I

ENS7

BG

OY

I

ENS15

I
I

I

I

N

R

G

R

EN65-098

G

EN65-097

O
O

I

JB170 -2 -1EN42 -2 -1EN61 -2 -1

2

1

RW

G

UY

GU

BG

BG

O

O

E

91

EN998 -2 -1EN999 -2 -1

2

1

NG

NG

OY

OY

E

86

E

85

O

O

O

JB1-10

I

EN65-023

WG

EN65-022

WG

CA75

-7-6

CA10-20JB1-23

JBS4

GO

EN65-034

I

PA3 -1 -3

57

II

GW

NR

JB196

-1

CA170-15

GO GO GO GW GW

12

II

I

I

E

89

E

90

ENS3

ENS2

ENS10

BR

BR

BR

BR

BG BG

BG BG

ENS5

BRD

ENS47

BBB

B

B

B

P
P

EN88

-2

EN88

-3

Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 1

Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 1

Fig. 03.3

HO2 SENSORS

UPSTREAM

VIA INERTIA SWITCH

ENGINE CRANK

EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

GENERATOR: CHARGE

GENERATOR: FIELD

GENERATOR: LOAD

STARTER RELAY DRIVE

PARK; NEUTRAL

ENGINE CONTROL

MODULE

(CONTINUED Fig. 03.4)

SOLENOID VALVES

VVT

SOLENOID VALVES

(1 TOP; 2 BOTTOM)

IMT

HO2 SENSORS

DOWNSTREAM

EVAP

CANISTER

PURGE VALVE

CKP

SENSOR

CENTRAL

JUNCTION

FUSE BOX

NOTE:

Shielding shown as dashed lines
are braided wires.

CMP

SENSORS

BRAKE

ON / OFF

SWITCH

KNOCK

SENSOR

MAF

SENSOR

TP SENSOR IDLE SPEED

ECT

SENSOR

CONTROL VALVE

EOT

SENSOR

MAP

SENSOR

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

2.0L Vehicles
All
December 2001

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

C
S

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 03.4

Engine Control Module (2.0L)
 Pin Description and Characteristic

I EN65-002 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
SG EN65-003 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I EN65-007 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

SS EN65-011 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V

I EN65-012 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1 (1, 3, 5) : PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

I EN65-013 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2 (2, 4, 6) : PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

O EN65-014 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-015 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-016 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I EN65-017 INTELLIGENT SPEED SIGNAL (VEHICLE SPEED) : PWM, DUTY CYCLE RANGE 30% to 70 %

O EN65-020 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I EN65-034 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

O EN65-040 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-041 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-042 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-044 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%

I EN65-056 SPEED CONTROL STATUS 1 ON / OFF: GROUND = ON; 5 V = OFF

I EN65-057 SPEED CONTROL STATUS 2 ACTIVE / INACTIVE: GROUND = ACTIVE; 5 V = INACTIVE

O EN65-065 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-066 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-067 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I EN65-084 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O EN65-092 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-093 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-094 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O EN65-099 FUEL PUMP RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R6
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH EN30 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR JB106 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH PA2 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMP ARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
COOLING FAN – LH GC2 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK LH SIDE
COOLING FAN – RH GC1 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK RH SIDE
COOLING FAN MODULE JB188 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
FUEL INJECTOR 1 IL1 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 2 IL4 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 3 IL2 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 4 IL5 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 5 IL3 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 6 IL6 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL PUMP (2.0L) CA415 6-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK
FUEL PUMP RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R11
IGNITION CAPACITOR EN94 2-WAY / BLACK BELOW AIR INTAKE
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1 EN51 4-WAY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2 EN54 4-WAY BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3 EN52 4-WAY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4 EN55 4-WAY BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5 EN53 4-WAY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6 EN56 4-WAY BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SW5 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE JB161 10-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD LH SIDE

CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

PWM1 4-WAY

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the contr ol module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA5 12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
EN4 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB187 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS

GROUNDS

Ground Location

G8 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH
G11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G17 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON GENERATOR BRACKET
G35 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER E POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 2

Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 2

Fig. 03.4

FRONT OF

ENGINE

2

4

6

CYLINDER NUMBERING

ENGINE CONTROL

(CONTINUED FROM Fig. 03.3)

NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds
shown on Fig. 03.3.

2.2κ Ω 510 Ω 300 Ω 180 Ω 120 Ω

1

3

5

O

EN65-065

O

EN65-066

O

EN65-067

O

EN65-092

O

EN65-093

O

EN65-094

O

EN65-014

O

EN65-015

I

EN65-012

O

EN65-016

O

EN65-040

O

EN65-041

I

EN65-013

O

EN65-042

O

EN65-020

O

EN65-044

O

EN65-099
EN65-003
EN65-011

I

EN65-002

I

EN65-084

I

EN65-007

I

EN65-034

O

EN65-017

I

EN65-057

I

EN65-056

MODULE

ON RESUME SET + SET - CANCEL OFF

1κ Ω

SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES

BG
BO
BG
BW
BW
BO

GU
GW
YG
GR
GU
GW
YG
GR

BG

WU

GR

BG

OY
WU

WG
U

GO

G
GU
GW

FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION MODULES AND COILS

1

IL1 -1 -2 IL2 -1 -2 IL3 -1 -2 IL4 -1 -2 IL5 -1 -2 IL6 -1 -2

NW

75

E

EN4

-1

BG

3 5 2

GW

N

GY

76

E

EN4

-7

BO

G

JB145-6

GU

JB1-38

GW

JB1-14

GU

94

E

B

B

SWS1

EN4

NR

GU

77

E

-2

BG

JB161

-K

JB161

-J

JB161

-H

JB161

-F

SW4-3SW5-2

NU

78

EN4

-8

BW

I

O

O

B

SPEED CONTROL

CONTROL MODULE

CASSETTE

YR

SW5-4

SW4-1

CASSETTE

GR

E

IP34-6

IP34-8

4

NG

GB

NY

79

E

EN4

I

I

I

I

I

I

EN4

-3

BW

JB161

-G

JB161

-C

JB161

-C

JB161

-D

JB161

-E

JB161

-A

JB161

-B

-9

BO

YG

JB129-14

YR

JB129-13

STEERING WHEEL

6

GN

80

E

RW
RW
RW

RW

37

II

ENS19

RW
RW
RW
RW

GO GO GO GW

JBS4

GO

WG

U

CA10-20JB1-23

CA75

CENTRAL

JUNCTION

FUSE BOX

-7-6

(MAN)

(AUTO)

U

B

YR

YG

YG

B

YR

JBS55

B

G14AL

1

EN51 -4 -2 -3 -13EN52 -4 -2 -3 -15EN53 -4 -2 -3 -12EN54 -4 -2 -3 -14EN55 -4 -2 -3 -16EN56 -4 -2 -3 -1

GUYGB

RW

GWYGB

CA170

JB196

RWGRYGBRW

ENS17 ENS16

-15

GW

JB1

-28

U

U

JB196

-1

-10

57

II

JBS50

56

JB1

-4

WG

JBS51

NOTE: JBS51 –
Speed Control
vehicles only.

WG

JB196

-3

II

38

II

GUYGB

JB1

-19

ENS7

WU

JB1

RW

GWYGB

RW

GRYGB

OY

BG

ENS6

OYOY

BG

JB1

-18

-17

FUEL PUMP

FUEL TANK

U

GW

NR

PA3 -1 -3

BRAKE

ON / OFF

SWITCH

NR

BRAKE
CANCEL
SWITCH

W

RW

PA4 -3 -1

CLUTCH
CANCEL

SWITCH*

WU

JB106 -3 -2 -1PA2 -1 -2

AIR CONDITIONING

PRESSURE SENSOR

BG

* NOTE: Clutch Cancel Switch –

Manual Transmission vehicles only.

RW

IGNITION

CAPACITOR

EN94 -1 -2

B
B
B
B
B
B

B

ENS18

B

G8AL

JB145-7

GC2-A GC2-B

LH COOLING FAN

GC1-B GC1-A

RH COOLING FAN

CA415-1

CA415-5

JB1

-37

WUWU

GO

B

BG

JB1

-36

JB187-1

JB1-39

CA170-1

G35AS

RG

G11AS

COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

RG

BG

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

EN30-1

AIR CONDITIONING

COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

NG

25

WG

87

E

WU

OG

OY

R

G

B

JB188-2

GO

GR

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

AIR CONDITIONING

RELAY

4

R6

5

2

PWM1-2

PWM1-3

3

1

B

COOLING FAN

FUEL PUMP

RELAY

4

R11

5

2

3

1

RU

GU

EN30-2

B

FANS

B

I

O

O

O

O

P

MODULE

OG

NG

21
95

E

B

G17AS

3

59

II

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

2.0L Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 04.1

Transmission Control Module
 Pin Description and Characteristic

O JB131-03 2 / 4 BRAKE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
O JB131-04 2 / 4 BRAKE TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVA TE

I JB131-05 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 18 PULSES PER OUTPUT SHAFT REVOLUTION

B+ JB131-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I JB131-07 RANGE SENSOR – 3: 3 = GROUND; NOT IN 3 = OPEN CIRCUIT
I JB131-08 RANGE SENSOR – 2: 2 = GROUND; NOT IN 2 = OPEN CIRCUIT

PG JB131-09 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O JB131-10 REDUCTION TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
C JB131-12 CAN – 1
C JB131-13 CAN – 2
O JB131-14 SHIFT SOLENOID B DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
O JB131-15 SHIFT SOLENOID A DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
O JB131-16 TCC PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%

SG JB131-17 SOLENOID GROUND RETURN: GROUND

O JB131-18 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%

SG JB131-20 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I JB131-21 INTERMEDIATE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 54 PULSES PER INTERMEDIA TE SHAFT REVOLUTION*
I JB131-24 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 36 PULSES PER ENGINE REVOLUTION
I JB131-25 RANGE SENSOR – N: N = GROUND; NOT IN N = OPEN CIRCUIT
I JB131-26 RANGE SENSOR – R: R = GROUND; NOT IN R = OPEN CIRCUIT
I JB131-27 RANGE SENSOR – D: D = GROUND; NOT IN D = OPEN CIRCUIT

I JB131-30 RANGE SENSOR – P: P = GROUND; NOT IN P = OPEN CIRCUIT
C JB131-33 CAN + 1
C JB131-34 CAN + 2

B+ JB131-36 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

PG JB131-38 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I JB131-39 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I JB131-45 D – 4 SWITCH: SWITCH ACTIVA TED = GROUND

I JB131-47 MODE SWITCH: “SPORT” SELECTED = GROUND
O JB131-52 SHIFT SOLENOID C DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
O JB131-53 LOW CLUTCH TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE

B+ JB131-54 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

* IN 1ST – 4TH AND R, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS THE SAME AS THE OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED. IN 5TH, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS MULTIPLIED BY 1.2.

Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
 Pin Description and Characteristic

SG EN16-019 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND

I EN16-026 MANUAL TRANSMISSION OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 26 PULSES PER TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION

I EN16-031 CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I EN16-033 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

COMPONENTS: Automatic Transmission
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION JB155 18-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
J GATE ASSEMBLY IP14 16-WAY / GREEN CENTER CONSOLE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
TCM RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R8
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE JB131 37-WAY / BLUE LOWER LH A POST
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION

COMPONENTS: Manual Transmission
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH PA5 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR EN86 3-WAY / BLACK DIFFERENTIAL OUTPUT SHAFT HOUSING
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH EN85 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Early Production

Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Early Production

Fig. 04.1

JBS55

G14AL

JBS65

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVES

PRESSURE CONTROL

SOLENOIDS

(DUTY CYCLE)

TCC

LINE

2 / 4 BRAKE

TIMING

SOLENOIDS

LOW

CLUTCH

REDUCTION

WU

TCM RELAY

4

R8

5

WR

F40 15A

B

2

3

NR

17

1

W

24

II

SHIFT

SOLENOIDS

ABC

B

TEMPERATURE

SENSOR

υ

2 / 4 BRAKE

FLUID

TURBINE

SPEED SENSOR

INTERMEDIATE

SPEED SENSOR

OUTPUT

SPEED SENSOR

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

JB155

JB155

-7

-8

WUWYGROGNBB

JB155-2JB155

-1

B

N

B

BRD

JB155-4JB155

B
B

JBS35

-3

B

BRD

JB155-6JB155

NN

B

-5

BB

BRD

JB156-9JB156-7JB156-2JB156

MODE SWITCH

D – 4
SWITCH

8

20.1

20.1

20.1

20.1

WU

WU

UY

G

Y

G

Y

JB131-36

JB131-54

JB131-6

JB131-12

JB131-33

JB131-13

JB131-34

B

B

B

–

C

+

C

–

C

+

C

TRANSMISSION

CONTROL MODULE

JB131-17
JB131-15

O

JB131-14

O

JB131-52

O

JB131-16

O

JB131-18

O

JB131-03

O

JB131-53

O

JB131-10

O

JB131-04

O

JB131-39

I

JB131-20
JB131-24

I

JB131-21

I

JB131-05

I

JB131-30

I

JB131-26

I

JB131-25

I

JB131-27

I

JB131-08

I

JB131-07

I

JB131-45

I

JB131-47

I

JB131-09

P

JB131-38

P

B
B
N
G
O
R
G
Y
W
U
W
B
N
N
N
U
G
W
Y
R
O
BW
OY

B
B

JB155

JB155-9JB155

-18

JB155

-10

-11

G15BLG15BR

JB155

-17

(ROW)

JB155

JB155

-16

-15

JB155

-12

U

JB155

JB155

-13

-14

(ROW)

TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR

P
R
N
D

2
3

P

N

JB156-3JB156

-1

-4

ORYGUW B

IP14-6

IP14-5

IP14-4

NOT-IN-PARK

SWITCH

OY

BW

Y

JB156

JB129-10

JB130-6

JB156-6

JB156-10

-8

JBS55

B

G14AL

OY

BW

GECM:

07.2

KEY-IN AUDIBLE W ARNING

B

N

02.1

39

II

ECM: STARTER
CIRCUIT

I

EN16-031

I

EN16-033

I

EN16-026
EN16-019

ENGINE CONTROL

MODULE

NOTE: ECM power supplies and

grounds shown on Fig. 03.1.

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

113

14 64

B

WG

JB145-5

WG

JB2-11JB1-4

B GOW

JB2-12

WU
BG

ENS6

BG

EN86 -1 -2 -3

WU

88

E

WG

38

W

PA4 -3 -1

II

RW

H

OUTPUT SPEED

SENSOR

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

CLUTCH CANCEL

SWITCH

BBII IIII

(NAS)

40

II

EE

RW

PA5-1PA5-2 JB2-16

CLUTCH PEDAL

SAFETY SWITCH

GB GB

EN85-02EN85-01

REVERSE LAMP

SWITCH

I

O

Output

B

(NAS)

+

Power Ground

08.3

REVERSE LAMPS

MANUAL TRANSMISSION

14

II

B

IPS68

G37BL

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

B

P
R
N
D
2
3

B

IP14-2

–

+

–

+

I

O

O

O

B

C

C

C

C

I

GEARSHIFT
INTERLOCK

SOLENOID

IP14-16

IP14-1

IP14-10

IP14-9

IP14-12

IP14-11

IP14-3

WR

U

IP18-3

KEY LOCK
SOLENOID

IP18-4

R

4

IGNITION SWITCH

36

II

G
Y
G
Y
O

20.1

20.1

CAN MESSAGES:

• GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS

• BRAKE ON / OFF

20.1

20.1

GEAR SELECTOR

09.2

ILLUMINATION

J GATE ASSEMBLY

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
All

Early Production Vehicles
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 04.2

Transmission Control Module
 Pin Description and Characteristic

O JB131-03 2 / 4 BRAKE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
O JB131-04 2 / 4 BRAKE TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVA TE

I JB131-05 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 18 PULSES PER OUTPUT SHAFT REVOLUTION

B+ JB131-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I JB131-07 RANGE SENSOR – 3: 3 = GROUND; NOT IN 3 = OPEN CIRCUIT

I JB131-08 RANGE SENSOR – 2: 2 = GROUND; NOT IN 2 = OPEN CIRCUIT

PG JB131-09 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O JB131-10 REDUCTION TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
C JB131-12 CAN – 1
C JB131-13 CAN – 2
O JB131-14 SHIFT SOLENOID B DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
O JB131-15 SHIFT SOLENOID A DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
O JB131-16 TCC PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%

SG JB131-17 SOLENOID GROUND RETURN: GROUND

O JB131-18 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%

SG JB131-20 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I JB131-21 INTERMEDIATE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 54 PULSES PER INTERMEDIA TE SHAFT REVOLUTION*

I JB131-24 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 36 PULSES PER ENGINE REVOLUTION

I JB131-25 RANGE SENSOR – N: N = GROUND; NOT IN N = OPEN CIRCUIT

I JB131-26 RANGE SENSOR – R: R = GROUND; NOT IN R = OPEN CIRCUIT

I JB131-27 RANGE SENSOR – D: D = GROUND; NOT IN D = OPEN CIRCUIT

I JB131-30 RANGE SENSOR – P: P = GROUND; NOT IN P = OPEN CIRCUIT
C JB131-33 CAN + 1
C JB131-34 CAN + 2

B+ JB131-36 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

PG JB131-38 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I JB131-39 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

SG JB131-42 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG JB131-44 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I JB131-45 D – 4 SWITCH: SWITCH ACTIVA TED = GROUND

SG JB131-46 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I JB131-47 MODE SWITCH: “SPORT” SELECTED = GROUND
O JB131-52 SHIFT SOLENOID C DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
O JB131-53 LOW CLUTCH TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE

B+ JB131-54 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

* IN 1ST – 4TH AND R, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS THE SAME AS THE OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED. IN 5TH, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS MULTIPLIED BY 1.2.

Engine Control Module (2.0L)
 Pin Description and Characteristic

I EN65-084 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I EN65-085 CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION) : B+

COMPONENTS: Automatic Transmission
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION JB155 18-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
J GATE ASSEMBLY IP14 16-WAY / GREEN CENTER CONSOLE
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
TCM RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R8
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE JB131 37-WAY / BLUE LOWER LH A POST
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION

COMPONENTS: Manual Transmission
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH PA5 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH EN85 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
 Pin Description and Characteristic

I EN16-031 CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I EN16-033 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production

Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production

Fig. 04.2

WR

F40 15A

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

JB131-36

JBS65

B

JBS55

G14AL

WU

B

WU

WU

JB131-54

UY

8

20.1

20.1

20.1

20.1

JB131-6

G

JB131-12

Y

JB131-33

G

JB131-13

Y

JB131-34

CONTROL MODULE

I

EN16-031

I

EN65-085

I

EN16-033

I

EN65-084

ENGINE CONTROL

MODULE

NOTE: ECM power supplies and

grounds shown on Fig. 03.1 or Fig. 03.3.

TCM RELAY

4

R8

5

2

B

O

B

O
O
O

B

O
O
O

–

O

C

O

+

C

I

–

C

I

+

C

I

I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

P
P

TRANSMISSION

B

B

WG

WG

3

1

JB131-17
JB131-15
JB131-14
JB131-52
JB131-16
JB131-18
JB131-03
JB131-53
JB131-10
JB131-04
JB131-39
JB131-20
JB131-24
JB131-44
JB131-21
JB131-46
JB131-05
JB131-42
JB131-30
JB131-26
JB131-25
JB131-27
JB131-08
JB131-07
JB131-45
JB131-47
JB131-09
JB131-38

NR

W

WG

WG

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVES

SHIFT

SOLENOIDS

PRESSURE CONTROL

SOLENOIDS

(DUTY CYCLE)

TIMING

SOLENOIDS

17
24

II

ABC

TCC

LINE

2 / 4 BRAKE

LOW

CLUTCH

REDUCTION

TEMPERATURE

2 / 4 BRAKE

FLUID

SENSOR

υ

TURBINE

SPEED SENSOR

INTERMEDIATE

SPEED SENSOR

OUTPUT

SPEED SENSOR

TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR

P
R
N
D

2
3

P

N

JB155

JB155-9JB155

-18

JB155

-10

-11

JB155

JB155

JB155

-17

-16

-15

JB155

-12

-13

-14

JB155

JB155

B
B

JB155

JB155

-7

WUWYGROGN

JB155-2JB155

-8

B

-1

N

JB155-4JB155

U

JB155-6JB155

-3

-5

NN

YO

N
G

JB156-6

JB156-10

B

02.1

N

39

II

02.2

ECM: STARTER
CIRCUIT

O
R
G

BRD

Y
W
U

BRD

BRD

JB156-9JB156-7JB156-2JB156

JB156-3JB156

-1

JB156

-4

-8

ORYGUW B
W
B
N
U
N
O

JBS55

B

G14AL

N
Y
U
G
W
Y
R
O
BW
OY

B
B

G15BLG15BR

MODE SWITCH

U

CLUTCH PEDAL

SAFETY SWITCH

U

(ROW)

RW

PA5-1PA5-2 JB2-16

(NAS)

JB196-4

14

II

(2.5L, 3.0L)

14

II

(2.0L)

JB145-5

JB145-5

(ROW)

B GOW

(NAS)

JB2-12

B GO

JB196-6

(2.5 L, 3.0L)

JB2-11JB1-4

(2.0 L)

JB196-3JB1-4

38

II

W

RW

PA4 -3 -1

CLUTCH CANCEL

SWITCH

40

II

GB GB

EN85-02EN85-01

REVERSE LAMP

SWITCH

08.3

REVERSE LAMPS

G37BL

IPS68

B

IP14-2

B

MANUAL TRANSMISSION

D – 4
SWITCH

B

P
R
N
D
2
3

J GATE ASSEMBLY

NOT-IN-PARK

SWITCH

I

O

O

O

B

C

–

C

+

C

–

C

+

I

GEARSHIFT
INTERLOCK

SOLENOID

IP14-6

IP14-5

IP14-4

IP14-16

IP14-1

IP14-10

IP14-9

IP14-12

IP14-11

IP14-3

OY

BW

Y

WR

G
Y
G
Y
O

U

IP18-3

OY

JB129-10

BW

JB130-6

07.2

SOLENOID

IGNITION SWITCH

36

II

20.1

20.1

20.1

20.1

09.2

GECM:
KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING

IP18-4

KEY LOCK

CAN MESSAGES:

• GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS

• BRAKE ON / OFF

GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION

R

4

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

All Vehicles (Later Production)
All

Later Production Vehicles
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 05.1

Anti-Lock Braking Control Module
 Pin Description and Characteristic

PG JB45-01 MOTOR GROUND: GROUND

B+ JB45-02 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+

PG JB45-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ JB45-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I JB45-12 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

SS JB45-13 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

I JB45-14 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

SS JB45-15 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

I JB45-16 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

B+ JB45-23 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

C JB45-24 CAN +
O JB45-28 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
O JB45-30 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

I JB45-31 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
I JB45-32 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

C JB45-40 CAN –

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE JB45 42-WAY / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CAPACITOR (ABS / DSC) JB195 2-WAY ADJACENT TO MODULATOR
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMP ARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

VACUUM MODULE VM1 — UNDER BATTERY TRAY

VACUUM PUMP VPU — ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT LF1 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR CA55 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT RF1 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR CA60 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB

CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

VM2 —
VM3 —

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB15 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB133 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD BEHIND LH WHEELARCH LINER
VP1 2-WAY / VACUUM PUMP LINK LEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G18 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Anti-Lock Braking

Anti-Lock Braking

Fig. 05.1

CAN

DRIVER WARNINGS;

ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION

VEHICLE SPEED;

R

15

19

II

20.1

20.1

JBS27

GW

Y

G

R

R

JB45-23

JB45-24

JB45-40

JB45-2

JB45-6

B

C

C

B

MOTOR

B

SOLENOIDS

LH FRONT

WHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

RH FRONT

WHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

LH REAR

WHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

RH REAR

WHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

H H H H

LF1

LF1

-1

-2

WN WR

JB133

JB133

-1

JB45-12

I

JB45-28
JB45-16

I

JB45-15
JB45-14

I

JB45-13
JB45-31

I

JB45-30
JB45-32

I

JB45-05

P

W
N
WR
NR
WU
GB
WG
NG
GO
B

JB15

-2

JBS4

RF1

RF1

-1

-2

CA55

CA55

-2

WU GB WG NG

JB15

CA170

-1

-2

CA170

-6

GO GO GW

CA10-20

CA75

CENTRAL JUNCTION

FUSE BOX

CA60

CA60

CA10

-2

-1

CA10

-16

-17

-1

-7

-7-6

CAPACITOR

JB195-1

JB195-2

GW

CA170

-15

GW

JB2

-1

57

II

GW NR

PA3

PA3

-3

-1

BRAKE

ON / OFF SWITCH

VPU-1VPU

16

VP1

VACUUM

PUMP

-2

RS

VP1

-2

-1

-2

R

B

JB45-01

P

MOTOR

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING

CONTROL MODULE

B

CONTROL

VALVES

PRESSURE
PUMP

JBS66

BB

G18AL

G18AR

G14AL

21

II

GO W NR RS

B

VM2-1VM1-1VM1-5VM2-2VM3-1VM3

Activates Vacuum Pump if

Intake Manifold vacuum

falls to 0.450 bar (13.29 in. hg);

switches pump off at 0.650 bar (19.20 in. hg).

B

* NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit –

early production vehicles only.

VACUUM MODULE *

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

2.5L & 3.0L ABS Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 05.2

Dynamic Stability Control Control Module
 Pin Description and Characteristic

PG JB185-01 MOTOR GROUND: GROUND

B+ JB185-02 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+

PG JB185-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ JB185-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I JB185-12 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

SS JB185-13 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

I JB185-14 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

SS JB185-15 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPL Y VOLTAGE: B+

I JB185-16 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

SG JB185-21 SENSOR GROUND – YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS: GROUND

B+ JB185-23 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

C JB185-24 CAN +

SG JB185-25 SENSOR GROUND – BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR: GROUND

I JB185-26 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES

I JB185-27 DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / GROUND WHEN ACTIVA TED
O JB185-28 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
O JB185-30 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

I JB185-31 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

I JB185-32 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

SS JB185-39 YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

C JB185-40 CAN –

SS JB185-42 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR JB89 3-WAY / BLACK ON DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULATOR
CAPACITOR (ABS / DSC) JB195 2-WAY ADJACENT TO MODULATOR
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMP ARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE JB185 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH IP29 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR IP19 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
VACUUM MODULE VM1 — UNDER BATTERY TRAY

VACUUM PUMP VPU — ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT (ALL) LF1 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR (2.5L & 3.0L) CA55 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR (2.0L) LR1 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT (ALL) RF1 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR (2.5L & 3.0L) CA60 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR (2.0L) RR1 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB
YA W RATE SENSOR IP20 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE

CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

VM2 —
VM3 —

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA55 2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD LH REAR WHEEL HUB
CA60 2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD RH REAR WHEEL HUB
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB15 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB133 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD BEHIND LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
VP1 2-WAY / VACUUM PUMP LINK LEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the contr ol module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

GROUNDS

Ground Location

G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G18 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Dynamic Stability Control

Dynamic Stability Control

Fig. 05.2

G37BL

CAN

B

B

IPS68

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL

** NOTE: Capacitor and circuit –

early production vehicles only.

DRIVER WARNINGS;

ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION

VEHICLE SPEED;

IP29-2IP29-5

SWITCH

15

CAPACITOR **

JB195-1

JB195-2

LH FRONT

WHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

H H H H

LF1

LF1

-2

-1

WN WR

YAW RATE

20.1

20.1

YAW RATE

SENSOR

C C C C

IP20

-2

G

IP20-1IP20

GWY

U

-4

IP19

IP20

-3

B***

STEERING ANGLE

SENSOR

IP19-1IP19

IP19

-3

-4

Y

G

U

B***

IPS7

GW

IPS6

BRAKE PRESSURE

SENSOR

-2

JB89-2JB89-3JB89

-1

WG GB B

20.1

STEERING ANGLE

20.1

*** NOTE: B – early production vehicles.

19

20.1

20.1

GW

II

JB185-23

Y

JB185-24

G

JB185-40

BB

JB130-7

JB185-27

R

R

JBS68

JB185-2

R

JB185-6

B

C

C

I

B

MOTOR

B

SOLENOIDS

P

I

I

I

I

I

I

JB185-21
JB185-39
JB185-26
JB185-42
JB185-25
JB185-12
JB185-28
JB185-16
JB185-15
JB185-14
JB185-13
JB185-31
JB185-30
JB185-32
JB185-05

B*** U
GW
WG
GB
B
W
N
WR
NR
WU
GB
WG
NG
GO
B

PRESSURE
PUMP

R

B

MOTOR

P

JB185-01

B

GW

U

B***

JB129-9JB129

-16
JB133

JB133

-1

-2

GO GO GW

JBS4

CA10-20

CENTRAL JUNCTION

VACUUM

PUMP

CA75

FUSE BOX

RH FRONT

WHEEL SPEED

RF1

-2

JB15

-1

-7-6

SENSOR

RF1

JB15

LH REAR

WHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

-1

CA55

CA55

-2

-1

WU GB WG NG

CA170

-2

CA170

-6

-7

GW

CA170

-15

RH REAR

WHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

CA60

CA60

-2

CA10

CA10

-16

-1

-17

LH REAR

WHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

RH REAR

WHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

H H

LR1

LR1

-2

RW RW

CA55

CA55

-2

WU GB WG NG

CA170-6CA170

-1

-1

-7

2.0L VEHICLES

RR1-2RR1

CA60

-2

CA10

-16

CA60

CA10

-1

-1

-17

GW

DYNAMIC

STABILITY CONTROL

CONTROL MODULE

CONTROL

VALVES

JBS67

BB

G18ALG18AR

G14AL

VPU-1VPU

-2

21

GO W NR RS

B

B

* NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit –

B

VM2-1VM1-1VM1-5VM2-2VM3-1VM3

Activates Vacuum Pump if

Intake Manifold vacuum

falls to 0.450 bar (13.29 in. hg);

switches pump off at 0.650 bar (19.20 in. hg).

VACUUM MODULE *

2.0L vehicles and early production 2.5L and 3.0L vehicles only.

RS

16

II

VP1

VP1

-2

-1

-2

JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L)

JB196-1 (2.0 L)

GW NR

PA3

BRAKE ON / OFF

PA3

-1

SWITCH

57

II

-3

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

DSC Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 05.3

Anti-Lock Braking Control Module
 Pin Description and Characteristic

PG JB197-01 MOTOR GROUND: GROUND

B+ JB197-02 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+

PG JB197-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ JB197-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I JB197-12 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

SS JB197-13 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

I JB197-14 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

SS JB197-15 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPL Y VOLTAGE: B+

I JB197-16 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

B+ JB197-23 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

C JB197-24 CAN +

I JB197-27 TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O JB197-28 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
O JB197-30 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

I JB197-31 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

I JB197-32 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
C JB197-40 CAN –

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE JB197 42-WAY / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CAPACITOR (ABS / DSC) JB195 2-WAY ADJACENT TO MODULATOR
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMP ARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH IP29 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
VACUUM MODULE VM1 — UNDER BATTERY TRAY

VACUUM PUMP VPU — ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT LF1 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR LR1 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT RF1 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR RR1 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB

CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

VM2 —
VM3 —

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA55 2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD LH REAR WHEEL HUB
CA60 2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD RH REAR WHEEL HUB
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
JB15 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB133 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD BEHIND LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
VP1 2-WAY / VACUUM PUMP LINK LEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G18 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

CA75

-7-6

CA10-20

JBS4

PA3

-1

57

II

GW NR

JB196

-1

CA170

-15

GW

GW

GO GO GW

21

II

16

GO W NR RS

VPU-1VPU

-2

G14AL

B

VM2-1VM1-1VM1-5VM2-2VM3-1VM3

-2

B

JB197-6

R

JB197-2

R

GW

Y

G

20.1

20.1

15

LF1

-2

RF1

-2

WN WR

CA55

-2

CA60

-2

CA55

-1

CA60

-1

JB15

-1

CA10

-16

JB15

-2

CA10

-17

LF1

-1

RF1

-1

WU GB WG NG

G18AL

JB197-23

JB197-24

JB197-40

C

C

JB197-12
JB197-28
JB197-16
JB197-15
JB197-14
JB197-13
JB197-31
JB197-30
JB197-32

W
N
WR
NR
WU
GB
WG
NG
GO

R

JBS69

19

II

JB197-05

B

JB197-01

B

G18AR

I

PA3

-3

JB133

-1

CA170

-6

JB133

-2

CA170

-7

I

I

I

I

CAN

VP1

-2

VP1

-1

RS

BB

JBS70

B

R

JB195-1

JB195-2

H H H H

B

B

B

P

P

BB

JB197-27

IP29-2IP29-5

JB130-7

B

I

IPS68

B

G37BL

RW RW

LR1

-2

RR1

-2

LR1

-1

RR1

-1

Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control

Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control

Fig. 05.3

LH FRONT

WHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

RH FRONT

WHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

LH REAR

WHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

RH REAR

WHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

DRIVER WARNINGS;

ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION

VEHICLE SPEED;

TRACTION CONTROL

SWITCH

CAPACITOR

MOTOR

SOLENOIDS

MOTOR

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING /

TRACTION CONTROL

CONTROL MODULE

CONTROL

VALVES

PRESSURE
PUMP

Activates Vacuum Pump if

Intake Manifold vacuum

falls to 0.450 bar (13.29 in. hg);

switches pump off at 0.650 bar (19.20 in. hg).

VACUUM MODULE

CENTRAL JUNCTION

VACUUM

PUMP

FUSE BOX

BRAKE

ON / OFF SWITCH

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

2.0L ABS/TC Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 06.1

Air Conditioning Control Module: Manual
 Pin Description and Characteristic

O AC1-04 FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND
O AC1-05 FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND
O AC1-06 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-07 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-08 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-09 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-10 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-11 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-12 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
O AC1-13 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+

I AC1-14 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I AC1-15 DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

SG AC1-16 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

O AC1-20 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-21 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-22 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-23 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-24 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-25 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-26 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ IP101-01 BATTERY SAVER POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ IP101-02 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

O IP101-03 WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O IP101-04 HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I IP101-07 BLOWER SPEED SENSE: B+ WHEN BLOWER OFF, 0 V WHEN BLOWER RUNNING
C IP101-09 CAN +
C IP101-10 CAN –

B+ IP101-14 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

PG IP101-15 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I IP101-20 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE
C IP101-22 CAN +
C IP101-23 CAN –

O IP135-1 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 1: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

PG IP135-2 BLOWER GROUND: GROUND

O IP39-1 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 6: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O IP39-2 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 4: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O IP39-3 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 2: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O IP39-4 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 3: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O IP39-6 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 5: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R20
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL

AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR AC2 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
BLOWER (MANUAL) IP58 2-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE / LHD, LH SIDE / RHD
BLOWER SERIES RESISTOR IP121 6-WAY / GREY ADJACENT TO BLOWER MOTOR
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMP ARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR AC4 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC6 2-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
DOOR MIRROR – LH FL5 22-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
DOOR MIRROR – RH FR4 22-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOOR
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC5 2-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR AC7 4-WAY / BLACK LH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (LHD)

HEATED REAR WINDOW ZA1 — REAR WINDOW

HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R19
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR AC3 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH JB95 2-WAY / BLACK WINDSHIELD
WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH JB96 2-WAY / BLACK WINDSHIELD
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R2

IP39 6-WAY / GREY
IP101 26-WAY / YELLOW
IP135 2-WAY / GREY

CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

ZA10 —

RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (RHD)

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA127 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO HEATED REAR WINDOW BEHIND LH E POST TRIM

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G3 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH E POST
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Manual Climate Control System; Glass Heaters

Manual Climate Control System; Glass Heaters

Fig. 06.1

CONTROL PANEL

ILLUMINATION

NOTE: The A/CCM incorporates the control panel
for the Climate Control System.

G37BR

G36AR

62
64

B

32

II

20.1

20.1

20.1

20.1

09.2

U

IP101-14

OY

IP101-1

WR

IP101-2

Y

IP101-9

G

IP101-10

Y

IP101-22

G

IP101-23

O

IP101-20

B

IP101-15

B

IP135-2

B

B

O

B

O
O
O
O

C

O
O

C

O
O

C

O
O

C

O
O
O

I

O
O
O

O
O

P

A/CCM

O

O
O
O
O
O

P

BLOWER

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE

DISCHARGE

TEMPERATURE

SENSOR

υ

AC6-2AC6

-1

EVAPORA TOR

TEMPERATURE

SENSOR

υ

AC5-1AC5

-2

FRESH / RECIRCULATION

FLAP ACTUATOR

AC7

AC7

(LHD)

(RHD)

AC7

-2

-4
AC7

-4

-2

DEFROST DOOR

ACTUATOR

STEPPER COILS

C1C4 C3 C2 C1C4 C3 C2 C1C4 C3 C2

AC4

AC4

-6

AC4-3AC4-4AC4

-1

-5

AC3

-6

PANEL / FLOOR

ACTUATOR

STEPPER COILS

AC3

AC3-3AC3-4AC3

-1

AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND

-5

AC2

-6

ACTUATOR

STEPPER COILS

AC2

AC2-3AC2-4AC2

-1

-5

UGWGBUY B RGOYROGRUORGOGUGRGB YWRWWB

AC1-15

I

AC1-16
AC1-14

I

AC1-04
AC1-05
AC1-21
AC1-06
AC1-20
AC1-07
AC1-13
AC1-23
AC1-08
AC1-22
AC1-09
AC1-26
AC1-25
AC1-10
AC1-24
AC1-11
AC1-12

IP101-04
IP101-03
IP101-07

I

IP135-01

IP39-03
IP39-04
IP39-02
IP39-06
IP39-01

UY
B
G
GW
U
GB
GR
GU
GO
R
O
RU
OG
R
OY
RG
WB
RW
W
Y

B
B
BW

BW

BR
BK
BO
BG
GB

IPS37

IP58-2

ACS2

GB GB

IP121-2 IP121-5 IP121-6 IP121-4 IP121-3 IP121-1

IPS55

BW

JB130

-21

GO GO

CA15-17

B

FL5-10FL5-9

BBB

FLS1

CA15-2

CAS10

G15AR

LH DOOR MIRROR

GO

HEATED

REAR WINDOW

RELA Y

4

R19

10

11

5

2

3

1

F98 10A

CA76-1

GU

CA77-2

B

IP2-13

CAS84

CA127-1

GO GO

CA20-17

+ve

WA VE TRAP

GU

GU

FR4-10FR4-9

RH DOOR MIRROR

HEATED REAR WINDOW

B

BB

FRS1

CA20-2

G4AL

B

ZA10-1ZA1-1

G3BS

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

AIR CONDITIONING

12

-ve BUS

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

14 64

BLOWER

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

543216

OY

WR

IP58-1

34

II

BBII IIII

BLOWER

RELAY

4 3

R20

5

1

111 75 96

3

2

IP3-2

IP2-16

12 63 64 74

BLOWER SERIES RESISTOR

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

OY

1

OY

2

+

–

WINDSHIELD HEATER

1

RELAY

R2

5

R

2

B

R

JBS28

R

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
Sensor/Signal Ground

C
S

SCP

JB35-21 JB35-22

JB35-25 JB35-26

F13 30A

F15 30A

NOTES:

Refer to Fig. 03.2 or 03.4 for A/C Compressor Clutch and Cooling Fan circuits.
Check market specification for fitment of Heated Windshield.

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

GU

GW

RH WINDSHIELD HEATER

LH WINDSHIELD HEATER

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

B

JB96-2JB96-1

G14BR

B

JB95-2JB95-1

G14BL

Manual Climate Control Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 06.2

Air Conditioning Control Module: Automatic
 Pin Description and Characteristic

O AC1-04 FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND
O AC1-05 FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND
O AC1-06 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-07 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-08 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-09 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-10 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-11 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-12 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
O AC1-13 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+

I AC1-14 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I AC1-15 DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I AC1-16 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
O AC1-20 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-21 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-22 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-23 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-24 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-25 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O AC1-26 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ IP101-01 BATTERY SAVER POWER SUPPLY: B+
B+ IP101-02 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

O IP101-03 WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O IP101-04 HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I IP101-05 ASPIRATOR MOTOR DRIVE: PERMANENTLY CONNECTED TO GROUND; A/CCM MONITORS CIRCUIT FOR MOTOR RUNNING CONDITION
O IP101-06 BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL: PWM, 400 Hz, APPROXIMATELY 8% – 90%; HIGHER DUTY CYCLE = HIGHER BLOWER SPEED

I IP101-07 BLOWER MOTOR SPEED SENSE: FREQUENCY = RPM / 20; FREQUENCY PROPORTIONAL TO BLOWER SPEED
C IP101-09 CAN +
C IP101-10 CAN –

B+ IP101-14 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

PG IP101-15 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I IP101-16 IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

SG IP101-17 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I IP101-18 SOLAR SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: DARKER = HIGHER VOLT AGE

I IP101-19 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I IP101-20 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE
O IP101-21 AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
C IP101-22 CAN +
C IP101-23 CAN –

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R20
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (REMOTE) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT

AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR AC2 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR JB105 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT CROSS MEMBER, ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
BLOWER (AUTOMATIC) IP134 6-WAY / BLACK BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMP ARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR AC4 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC6 2-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
DOOR MIRROR – LH FL5 22-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
DOOR MIRROR – RH FR4 22-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOOR
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC5 2-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR AC7 4-WAY / BLACK LH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (LHD)

HEATED REAR WINDOW ZA1 — REAR WINDOW

HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R19
IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR IP66 4-WAY / BLACK BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER RIGHT
PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR AC3 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
SOLAR SENSOR IP38 2-WAY / BLACK TOP CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL
WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH JB95 2-WAY / BLACK WINDSHIELD
WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH JB96 2-WAY / BLACK WINDSHIELD
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R2

IP101 26-WAY / YELLOW

IP101 26-WAY / YELLOW

CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

ZA10 —

RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (RHD)

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA127 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO HEATED REAR WINDOW BEHIND LH E POST TRIM
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G3 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH E POST
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Automatic Climate Control System; Glass Heaters

Automatic Climate Control System; Glass Heaters

Fig. 06.2

NOTE:

Vehicles without Navigation “Touch Screen” – the A/CCM
incorporates the Control Panel for the Climate Control System.

Vehicles with Navigation “Touch Screen” – The A/CCM is remotely
mounted on the Climate Control Unit. Driver control inputs are
received via Network communication.

U

62

OY

64

B

WR

32

II

Y

20.1

G

20.1

Y

20.1

G

20.1

CONTROL PANEL

ILLUMINATION *

* NOTE: Control Panel Illumination circuit –

not used on “Touch Screen” vehicles.

09.2

O

IP101-14

IP101-1

IP101-2

IP101-9

IP101-10

IP101-22

IP101-23

IP101-20

DISCHARGE

TEMPERATURE

SENSOR

AC6-2AC6

-1

B

B

B

C

C

C

C

I

AC1-15

I

AC1-16
AC1-14

I

AC1-04

O

AC1-05

O

AC1-21

O

AC1-06

O

AC1-20

O

AC1-07

O

AC1-13

O

AC1-23

O

AC1-08

O

AC1-22

O

AC1-09

O

AC1-26

O

AC1-25

O

AC1-10

O

AC1-24

O

AC1-11

O

AC1-12

O

IP101-05

O

IP101-16

I

IP101-17
IP101-18

I

IP101-19

I

IP101-04

O

IP101-03

O

IP101-06

O

IP101-07

I

IP101-21

O

IP101-15

P

UY
B
G
GW
U
GB
GR
GU
GO
R
O
RU
OG
R
OY
RG
WB
RW
W
Y

BW
W
B
B
B
B
B
B
BW
W
B

ACS2

EVAPORA TOR

TEMPERATURE

SENSOR

υ

AC5-1AC5

-2

FRESH / RECIRCULATION

FLAP ACTUATOR

AC7

AC7

(LHD)
(RHD)

AC7

-2

-4
AC7

-4

-2

UGWGBUY B RGOYROGRUORGOGUGRGB YWRWWB

AC3

-6

PANEL / FLOOR

ACTUATOR

STEPPER COILS

AC3

AC3-3AC3-4AC3

-1

-5

DEFROST DOOR

ACTUATOR

STEPPER COILS

C1C4 C3 C2 C1C4 C3 C2 C1C4 C3 C2

AC4

AC4

JB130

-21

-6

AC4-3AC4-4AC4

-1

-5

AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND

AC2

-6

ACTUATOR

STEPPER COILS

AC2

AC2-3AC2-4AC2

-1

TEMPERATURE

SENSOR

-5

IP66-3IP66

-4

WR

67

II

33

II

NOTE: 33 – early
production vehicles.

GO GO

CA15-17

IN-CAR

IP66-2IP66

WBW

SOLAR

SENSOR

υ

IP38-1IP38

-1

BB BB

-2

B

IPS27

B

AMBIENT

TEMPERATURE

SENSOR

υυ

JB105-2JB105

JB3-9JB3

-10

B

B

B

FL5-10FL5-9

-1

** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.

BBB

FLS1

LH DOOR MIRROR

CA15-2

CAS10

G15AL
G15AR**

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE

AIR CONDITIONING

BLOWER

RELAY

4

R20

12

-ve BUS

5

1

3

2

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

G37BR

IP3-2

IP2-16

OY

W

G36AR

OY

B

BW

B

IP134-2 (LHD)

IP134-1 (RHD)

IP134-6 (LHD)

IP134-4 (RHD)

IP134-3 (LHD)

IP134-5 (RHD)

IP134-1 (LHD)

IP134-2 (RHD)

B+

CONTROL

SENSE

BLOWER

HEATED

REAR WINDOW

RELA Y

4

R19

10

11

5

2

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

WINDSHIELD HEATER

RELAY

R2

3

OY

1

1

OY

2

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

GO

F98 10A

3

1

CA76-1

GU

CA77-2

B

IP2-13

CAS84

CA127-1

R

5

R

2

JBS28

B

JB35-21

F13 30A

JB35-22

R

JB35-25

F15 30A

JB35-26

GO GO

CA20-17

+ve

WA VE TRAP

GU

GU

GW

GU

RH DOOR MIRROR

HEATED REAR WINDOW

RH WINDSHIELD HEATER

B

FR4-10FR4-9

BB

FRS1

CA20-2

G4AL

B

ZA10-1ZA1-1

G3BS

B

JB96-2JB96-1

G14BR

B

JB95-2JB95-1

G14BL

LH WINDSHIELD HEATER

NOTES:

Refer to Fig. 03.2 or Fig. 03.4 for A/C Compressor Clutch and Cooling Fan circuits.
Check market specification for fitment of Heated Windshield.

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Automatic Climate Control Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 07.1

General Electronic Control Module
 Pin Description and Characteristic

S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +

I IP6-18 SEA T BELT AND AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST: AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST ACTIVE = GROUND

Instrument Cluster
 Pin Description and Characteristic

I IP10-7 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE: 20 Ω = EMPTY; 160 Ω = FULL
I IP10-8 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE: 20 Ω = EMPTY; 160 Ω = FULL

SG IP10-9 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR REFERENCE: GROUND

I IP10-10 MAIN BEAM STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I IP10-11 WASHER FLUID LEVEL LOW SIGNAL: FLUID LEVEL LOW = GROUND
I IP10-12 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SIGNAL: FLUID LEVEL LOW = GROUND
I IP10-15 PARKING BRAKE SIGNAL: PARKING BRAKE ON = GROUND

I IP10-16 TRIP COMPUTER CYCLE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
C IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN –

I IP10-19 FRONT FOG STATUS (HARD WIRED TO INDICATOR): B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I IP10-20 REAR FOG STATUS (HARD WIRED TO INDICATOR): B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP –

I IP10-24 TRIP COMPUTER MODE SIGNAL: STEPPED RESISTANCE

SG IP10-25 TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK REFERENCE: GROUND

I IP11-5 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL: ENGINE OIL PRESSURE PRESENT = GROUND

I IP11-7 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I IP11-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+

I IP11-13 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+

I IP11-15 SIDE LAMPS STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I IP11-17 DIP BEAM STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I IP11-19 AIR BAG WARNING: HARD WIRED TO AIR BAG INDICATOR

I IP11-21 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80 Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE; HARD WIRED TO BACK LIGHTING; MICRO SENSED FOR DISPLAY

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

BRAKE FLUID SWITCH JB70 3-WAY / BLACK BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 (2.5L & 3.0L) FT2 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 (2.5L & 3.0L) FT3 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (2.0L) CA415 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL

MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH EN19 1-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE CA165 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLE

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH JB103 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH FRONT

CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE

IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW

IP74 24-WAY / BLACK

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA5 12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA169 4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G10 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Instrument Cluster

Instrument Cluster

Fig. 07.1

SCP

DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH

PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH

(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)

Y

20.2

20.2

IP5-19

U

IP5-18

O

IP6-18

O

IP74-22

17.1

17.1

REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING:

REVERSE LAMPS STATUS

ADVANCED RESTRAINT SYSTEM:

FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING:

FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING:

FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING:

FRONT FOG LAMPS STATUS

O

IP165-25

R

IP165-26

DIMMER MODULE

AIRBAG WARNING

MAIN BEAM STATUS

DIP BEAM STATUS

EXTERIOR LIGHTING:
SIDE LAMPS STATUS

S

S

D

GENERAL ELECTRONIC

CONTROL MODULE

D

I

I

RESTRAINTS

CONTROL MODULE

09.2

08.3

17.1

08.1

08.2

08.2

08.1

08.5

08.1

08.7

08.2

08.6

61

3

I

15

II

20.1

20.1

20.2

20.2

O
YU
GR

Y

G

Y

U

IP11-7

IP11-13

IP11-11

IP10-17

IP10-18

IP10-22

IP10-23

B

JB1-16

B

EN19-1

B

B

I

IP11-5

B

JB129-4

B

C

C

I

IP10-11

B

JB129-3

B

S

S

IP10-12

IP10-15

B

JB129-1

B

I

I

B

IP72-1

2.0 L

IP10-7

WU

CA1-14

I

2.5, 3.0 L

P

OIL PRESSURE

SWITCH

WASHER FLUID
LEVEL SWITCH

BRAKE FLUID

LEVEL SWITCH

PARKING BRAKE

SWITCH

WU

B

JB103-2JB103-1

B

JB70-2JB70-1

JBS54

JBS55

B

G10AL

B

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (2.0L)

F

E

CA415-2

160Ω20Ω

CA415-4

B

WB

G14AL

B

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1

B

E

FT2-1

F

FT2-3

160Ω20Ω

WU

CA5-1

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2

B

F

E

2.0 L

IP10-8

IP10-9

IP10-16

IP10-24

WB

B

B

Y

CA1-13

CA169-1

IP53-10

IP80-5

2.5, 3.0 L

TRIP COMPUTER

CYCLE SWITCH

TURN SIGNAL

SWITCH

O

IP11-21

GB

IP10-1

U

IP11-19

U

IP10-10

OY

IP11-17

U

IP10-19

08.108.4

08.208.3

OG

IP11-15

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

I

ILLUMINATION

I

I

AIRBAG WARNING LAMP

I

MAIN BEAM INDICATOR

I

I

FRONT FOG LAMPS INDICATOR

I

I

I

O

A / B

WB

B

B

IP53-7

BR

CA5-2

CA5-11

CA5-3

IPS69

B

G36BL

WB

B

B

FT3-1

FT3-3

160Ω20Ω

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING:

REAR FOG LAMPS STATUS

08.6

08.5

08.4 08.3

WU

B

G37AL

(G36BL)

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

IP10-20

IP11-8

I

O

I

REAR FOG LAMPS INDICATOR

P

Output

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

B

+

Power Ground

W

IP10-25

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

RESET

MLS / KM

IP80-6

MASTER LIGHTING

SWITCH

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

All Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 07.2

General Electronic Control Module
 Pin Description and Characteristic

PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND

S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +

SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-8 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN

I IP6-15 NOT -IN-PARK SWITCH: PARK = OPEN CIRCUIT; NOT-IN-PARK = GROUND

I IP6-18 SEA T BELT AND AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST: AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST ACTIVE = GROUND

I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR

DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT FR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOOR

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL

J GATE ASSEMBLY IP14 16-WAY / GREEN CENTER CONSOLE
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE CA165 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLE

FL9 2-WAY / BLACK

FR9 2-WAY / BLACK

CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE

IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW

IP74 24-WAY / BLACK

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Audible Warnings

Audible Warnings

Fig. 07.2

G37BL

DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH

PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH

KEY-IN

IP18-5

17.1

17.1

O

IP165-25

R

IP165-26

O

IP74-22

O

IP6-18

O

23

JB172-5

B

IP6-8

I

I

O

RESTRAINTS

CONTROL MODULE

I

B

I

I

R

4

IP18-4

II

III

AUDIBLE
WARNING
CONTROL

AUDIBLE WARNINGS:

• Seat Belt

• Airbag

IGNITION SWITCH

• Ignition Key-in

• Not-in-Park

• Headlamps on

• Delay Entry (combined Alarm state and Driver Door Ajar status)

NOTE: Refer to Figs. 08.1 – 08.5 for T urn Signal audible warning.

IPS68

B

IP14-2

NOT-IN-PARK

SWITCH

IP14-4

Y

IP6-15

I

B

J GATE ASSEMBLY

G15AR

G4AL

B

BB

CAS10

CA15-2

BB

CA20-2

FLS1

FRS1

B

B

B

B

DOOR AJAR

SWITCH

LH FRONT DOOR

LATCH ASSEMBLY

DOOR AJAR

SWITCH

RH FRONT DOOR

LATCH ASSEMBLY

B RR

FL9-1FL9-2

CA15-20 CA1-7

B RR

FR9-1FR9-2

CA20-20 CA1-5

IP6-22

IP6-22

I

LHD

I

RHD

B

IP6-1

CA86-5

B

G5AS

G4AL

(G5AR)

SCP

HEADLAMPS ON

20.2

20.2

20.2

20.2

Y

U

Y

U

IP5-19

IP5-18

IP10-22

IP10-23

S

S

GENERAL ELECTRONIC

CONTROL MODULE

S

S

P

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

All Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 08.1

General Electronic Control Module
 Pin Description and Characteristic

PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-11 MAIN BEAM SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
O IP6-13 MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

O JB172-3 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O JB172-4 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

AUTOLAMPS SENSOR RC5 5-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR VIEW MIRROR
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMP ARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

DIP BEAM RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R9
FOG LAMP – LH FRONT FB1 2-WAY / BLACK UNDER FRONT BUMPER
FOG LAMP – RH FRONT FB3 2-WAY / BLACK UNDER FRONT BUMPER
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

GLOVE BOX LAMP IP25 2-WAY / BROWN GLOVE BOX
HEADLAMP UNIT – LH JB84 10-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT OF VEHICLE
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH JB85 10-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT OF VEHICLE
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R15
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH FRONT FB2 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH FRONT FB4 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE
TURN REPEATER – LH JB132 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT FENDER
TURN REPEATER – RH JB98 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT FENDER
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB171 8-WAY / BLACK / FRONT END HARNESS TO BUMPER LINK LEAD BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G10 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G32 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G33 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Exterior Lighting: Front – Autolamps

Exterior Lighting: Front – Autolamps

Fig. 08.1

G37BL

(G36BL)

MAIN BEAM STATUS

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

IPS67 (LHD)

IPS69 (RHD)

G37BL

(G36BL)

NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.

(G5AR)

SIDE LAMPS STATUS

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

FRONT FOG STATUS

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

DIP BEAM STATUS

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

19

IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)

G36AL

GW

R

B

IP17-15

BB

IP17-8

IP17-6

BR

B

B

U

07.1

O

SCP

IP53-7

IP53-2

LIGHTING MESSAGES

FLASH

MAIN BEAM

LH TURN

RH TURN

23

20.2

20.2

IP53-6

IP53-8

IP53-1

IP53-3

JB172-5

Y

IP5-19

U

IP5-18

G

IP6-9

BW

IP6-11

BG

IP6-17

BG

IP6-19

OY

IP53-5

TURN SIGNAL

AUDIBLE WARNING

IP53-4

IP5-22

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

B

IPS65

B

IP51-5

IP51-4

BO

IP6-23

HAZARD SWITCH

OG

07.1

U

07.1

OY

07.1

B

LIGHTING

S

S O

LIGHTING
CONTROL

I

REMOTE

HEADLAMPS

I

I

I

O

HEADLAMPS

I

GENERAL ELECTRONIC

CONTROL MODULE

REMOTE

I

O

O

I

P

IP6-13

IP5-3

JB172-4

JB172-3

IP6-1

CA86-5

U

B

OY

O

W

BRD

F87 15A

F86 7.5A

F85 7.5A

-ve BUS

IPS16

GO

IP4-13

R15

33

3

2

MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG

RELAY

4

5

1

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

NOTE: JBS17 – Side Marker only.

W

CA416-1

CA417-1

BRD

CA416-2

B

CA417-2

EXTERNAL ANTENNA

(JAPAN, S. KOREA)

B

G5AS
(G5AR)

G4AL

OG

REAR FOG LAMPS

FRONT FOG LAMPS

SIDE LAMPS

AUTOLAMPS

AUTO (SENSOR)

DIP BEAM

MASTER LIGHTING

SWITCH

AUTOLAMPS

SENSOR

08.7

O

U

IP17-12

GW

IP17-11

R

IP17-4

R

IP17-5

OY

IP17-3

OY

IP17-7

G

IP17-14

GB

IP17-13

RC5-5

G

CA36-3 CA1-18

I

GB

RC5-4 CA36-15 CA1-17

IPS47

OY

G

GB

JB129-21

JB129-17

GW

OY

G

GB

IP4-4

IP1-3

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GB

IPS56

JB129-15

F97 7.5A

F64 7.5A

F63 7.5A

14
22

II

IP2-10

OY

IP2-9

CA78-16

OY

JB51-6

CA78-4

OG

JB51-7

CA76-7

4

R9

GO
W

GB

3

1

DIP BEAM

RELA Y

5

GU

2

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

JBS36

NOTE: JBS16 – Side Marker only.

GU
GU

IP2-2

JB51-12

JB51-16

GW

F16 20A

F17 20A

GW
GB
GO

JBS17

OY
GW

JBS37

OY

JB171-1

JBS9

JBS16

OY

OY

NOTE: JBS10 – Repeater only.

JBS10

OY

OY

OY

GB

GW

JB171-2

GW

JB171-3

NOTE: JBS11 – Repeater only.

JBS11

O

OG

JB171-5

O

OG

GW

GO

JB132-1 JB132-2

LH TURN REPEATER

B

B

FB2-1 FB2-2

LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP

JB84-9

TURN

JB84-7

SIDE

JB84-5

DIP

B

MAIN

JB84-10JB84-1

LH HEADLAMP UNIT

GW

FB1-1 FB1-2

LH FRONT
FOG LAMP

GW

FB3-1 FB3-2

RH FRONT

FOG LAMP

B

B

BOY

IP25-1 IP25-2

GLOVE BOX LAMP

B

JB98-1 JB98-2

RH TURN REPEATER

OG

FB4-1 FB4-2

B

RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP

JB85-9

TURN

JB85-7

SIDE

JB85-5

DIP

B

JB85-1 JB85-10

MAIN

RH HEADLAMP UNIT

JBS55

JB171-4

G11AL

JB171-6

JB171-8

IPS66 (LHD)
IPS68 (RHD)

JBS54

JB171-7

G10AR

B

G14AL

B

JB84-9

TURN

JB84-7

SIDE

B

MAIN

JB84-5 JB84-8

BALLAST

DIP

LH HEADLAMP UNIT

(HID VARIANT) *

JB84-10JB84-1

G11AL

B

G32AS

B

B

* NOTE: HID variant – V supply

circuit for all lamps unchanged.

B

G5AS
(G37BL)

B

G10AL

B

JBS56

B

G11AR

JB85-9

JB85-7

TURN

SIDE

B

MAIN

JB85-5 JB85-8

BALLAST

DIP

RH HEADLAMP UNIT

(HID VARIANT) *

JB85-10JB85-1

G10AR

B

G33AS

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Autolamp Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 08.2

General Electronic Control Module
P Pin Description and Characteristic

PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-11 MAIN BEAM SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
O IP6-13 MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

O JB172-3 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O JB172-4 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMP ARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

DIP BEAM RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R9
FOG LAMP – LH FRONT FB1 2-WAY / BLACK UNDER FRONT BUMPER
FOG LAMP – RH FRONT FB3 2-WAY / BLACK UNDER FRONT BUMPER
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

GLOVE BOX LAMP IP25 2-WAY / BROWN GLOVE BOX
HAZARD SWITCH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
HEADLAMP UNIT – LH JB84 10-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT OF VEHICLE
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH JB85 10-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT OF VEHICLE
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R15
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH FRONT FB2 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH FRONT FB4 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE
TURN REPEATER – LH JB132 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT FENDER
TURN REPEATER – RH JB98 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT FENDER
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB171 8-WAY / BLACK / FRONT END HARNESS TO BUMPER LINK LEAD BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G10 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G32 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G33 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Exterior Lighting: Front – Non Autolamps; Daytime Running Lamps

Exterior Lighting: Front –

Non Autolamps; Daytime Running Lamps

Fig. 08.2

G37BL

(G36BL)

MAIN BEAM STATUS

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

IPS67 (LHD)

IPS69 (RHD)

G37BL

(G36BL)

NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.

G36AL

(G5AR)

SIDE LAMPS STATUS

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

FRONT FOG STATUS

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

DIP BEAM STATUS

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

GW

R

19

IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)

B

IP17-15

BB

IP17-8

IP17-6

BR

U

07.1

O

23

SCP

IP53-7

B

IP53-2

LIGHTING MESSAGES

FLASH

MAIN BEAM

LH TURN

RH TURN

20.2

20.2

IP53-6

IP53-8

IP53-1

IP53-3

B

IP53-5

TURN SIGNAL

AUDIBLE WARNING

IP53-4

JB172-5

Y

IP5-19

U

IP5-18

G

IP6-9

BW

IP6-11

BG

IP6-17

BG

IP6-19

OY

IP5-22

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

IPS65

B

IP51-5

B

IP51-4

BO

IP6-23

HAZARD SWITCH

OG

07.1

U

07.1

OY

07.1

B

LIGHTING

S

S O

LIGHTING
CONTROL

I

REMOTE

HEADLAMPS

I

I

I

O

HEADLAMPS

I

GENERAL ELECTRONIC

CONTROL MODULE

REMOTE

I

O

O

I

P

IP6-13

IP5-3

JB172-4

JB172-3

IP6-1

CA86-5

U

B

OY

O

W

BRD

F87 15A

F86 7.5A

F85 7.5A

-ve BUS

IPS16

GO

IP4-13

R15

33

3

2

MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG

RELA Y

4

5

1

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

NOTE: JBS17 – Side Marker only.

W

CA416-1

CA417-1

BRD

CA416-2

B
B

G4AL

G5AS
(G5AR)

CA417-2

EXTERNAL ANTENNA

(JAPAN, S. KOREA)

OG

REAR FOG LAMPS

FRONT FOG LAMPS

SIDE LAMPS

DIP BEAM

NON DAYTIME

RUNNING LAMPS

DIP BEAM

CANADA DAYTIME

RUNNING LAMPS

DIP BEAM

SCANDINAVIA DAYTIME

RUNNING LAMPS

MASTER LIGHTING

SWITCH

08.7

IP17-12

IP17-11

IP17-4

IP17-5

IP17-3

IP17-7

IP17-13

U
GW
R
R
OY

OY
GB

IPS47

OY

JB129-21

JB129-17

JB129-15

GW

OY
GB

IP4-4

IP1-3

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

14
22

II

GB

F97 7.5A

F64 7.5A

F63 7.5A

GO
W

3

1

DIP BEAM

RELA Y

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

IP2-10

OY

IP2-9

CA78-16

OY

JB51-6

CA78-4

OG

JB51-7

CA76-7

4

R9

5

GU

2

JBS36

GU
GU

F16 20A

F17 20A

NOTE: JBS16 – Side Marker only.

IP2-2

JB51-12

JB51-16

GW

GW
GB
GO

OY
GW

JBS17

JBS37

OY

JB171-1

JBS9

NOTE: JBS11 – Repeater only.

JBS16

OG

NOTE: JBS10 – Repeater only.

JBS10

GW

JB171-2

GW

JB171-3

JBS11

JB171-5

OY

JB132-1 JB132-2

LH TURN REPEATER

OY

FB2-1 FB2-2

LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP

OY

JB84-9

TURN

OY

JB84-7

SIDE

OY

JB84-5

DIP

GB

MAIN

JB84-10JB84-1

LH HEADLAMP UNIT

GW

FB1-1 FB1-2

LH FRONT
FOG LAMP

GW

FB3-1 FB3-2

RH FRONT

FOG LAMP

IP25-1 IP25-2

GLOVE BOX LAMP

O

JB98-1 JB98-2

RH TURN REPEATER

OG

FB4-1 FB4-2

RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP

O

JB85-9

TURN

OG

JB85-7

SIDE

GW

JB85-5

DIP

GO

JB85-1 JB85-10

MAIN

RH HEADLAMP UNIT

B

JBS55

B

JB171-4

B

B

JB171-6

B

JB171-8

B

IPS66 (LHD)
IPS68 (RHD)

B

JBS54

B

JB171-7

B

B

G11AL

BOY

B

G10AR

B

B

B

G14AL

G5AS
(G37BL)

G10AL

B

JBS56

G11AR

JB84-9

TURN

JB84-7

SIDE

MAIN

JB84-5 JB84-8

BALLAST

DIP

LH HEADLAMP UNIT

(HID VARIANT) *

* NOTE: HID variant – V supply

circuit for all lamps unchanged.

B

JB85-9

TURN

JB85-7

SIDE

MAIN

JB85-5 JB85-8

BALLAST

DIP

RH HEADLAMP UNIT

(HID VARIANT) *

B

JB84-10JB84-1

G11AL

B

G32AS

B

JB85-10JB85-1

G10AR

B

G33AS

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Non Autolamp Vehicles; Daytime Running Lamp Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 08.3

General Electronic Control Module
 Pin Description and Characteristic

O CA86-2 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O CA87-4 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

Instrument Cluster
 Pin Description and Characteristic

I IP10-1 REVERSE LAMP SWITCH: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
C IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN –

O IP11-3 REVERSE LAMPS RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, IC SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMP ARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

HAZARD SWITCH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP CA304 2-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL

LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH TM4 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
REVERSE LAMPS RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R17
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH EN85 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH REAR RB5 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH REAR RB6 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER RH SIDE
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK RH REAR
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE

IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
CA129 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Location

G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G2 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G38 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the contr ol module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Exterior Lighting: Rear

Exterior Lighting: Rear

Fig. 08.3

ELECTROCHROMIC MIRROR:

REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED

REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED

IPS67 (LHD)

IPS69 (RHD)

44

II

19

57

II

PARKING AID:

(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)

B

G37BL

(G36BL)

NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.

G36AL

(G5AR)

SIDE LAMPS STATUS

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

REAR FOG STATUS

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

GB

IP17-16

R

IP17-8

NR GW

BRAKE ON / OFF

10.1

18.1

CAN

NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 for Instrument Cluster
power supplies and grounds.

SCP

B

IP53-2

B

IP53-5

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

IPS65

07.1

07.1

B

IP51-5

OG
WU

B

MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH

PA3-1PA3-3

SWITCH

GB
GB

REVERSE GEAR (AUTO)

LH TURN

RH TURN

TURN SIGNAL

AUDIBLE WARNING

HAZARD SWITCH

REAR FOG LAMPS

SIDE LAMPS

JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L)

JB196-1 (2.0 L)

LIGHTING MESSAGES

IP53-1

IP53-3

IP53-4

IP51-4

IP17-10

IP17-9

IP17-4

IP17-5

GWGW

CA170-15

CA129-3

20.1

20.1

23

20.2

20.2

BG
BG
OY

BO

WU
GW

R
R

Y

G

O

Y

U

GB
GB

IP10-17

IP10-18

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

JB172-5

IP5-19

IP5-18

IP6-17

IP6-19

IP5-22

IP6-23

GENERAL ELECTRONIC

CONTROL MODULE

IP4-4

IP1-3

CA75-7

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

C

C

B

S

S

I

I

O

I

CA1-21

LIGHTING

LIGHTING
CONTROL

I

O

O

O

P

F97 7.5A

F64 7.5A

F63 7.5A

GW

IP10-1

IP11-3

CA86-2

CA87-4

IP6-1

CA86-5

40

II

GB GB

EN85-02EN85-01

REVERSE LAMP

GB

GB

IP1-12

SWITCH

29

II

4
5

2

REVERSE LAMPS

RELAY

R17

3

1

JB145-4

30

II

GB

CA10-6

CA1-22

F79 10A

GB

GB

IP1-13

CA78-8

CA76-13

GB

(MAN)

(MAN)

(AUTO)

CAS26

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

OY

OY

O

OY

CAS82

NOTE: CAS92 – Side Marker only.

CA129-6

B

GR

CA137-3

STOP

OY

CA137-5

TAIL

GW

CA137-7

FOG

OY

CA137-1

TURN

GB

CA137-2

REVERSE

LH TAIL LAMP

UNIT

OY

RB5-1 RB5-2

LH REAR SIDE

MARKER LAMP

O

TM4-1 TM4-2

LH LICENSE PLATE

LAMP

B

CA137-6

B

B

B

B

CA45-2

CA138-2

TMS2

TL10-2

B

CAS9

B

B

B

B

G1AR

IP2-10

IP2-9

G4AL

OG

G5AS
(G5AR)

O

OO

CA45-1

TL10-1

O

TMS1

TM5-1 TM5-2

RH LICENSE PLATE

LAMP

O

CA138-5

STOP

O

CA138-3

CAS80

GW

CA138-1

TAIL

FOG

O

CA138-7

TURN

O

CA78-16

JB51-6

OY

CA78-4

JB51-7

O

CA76-7

GR

CA76-2

O

CA76-3

OG OG

CA76-4

O

CAS81

CA304-2 CA304-1

HIGH-MOUNT

STOP LAMP

O

CA129-10

NOTE: CAS91 – Side Marker only.

B

GB

CA138-6

RH TAIL LAMP

O

RB6-1 RB6-2

RH REAR SIDE

MARKER LAMP

G38AS

REVERSE

UNIT

B

RBS10

B

CA129-7

B

G2AL

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

All Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 08.4

General Electronic Control Module
 Pin Description and Characteristic

O CA86-2 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O CA87-4 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMP ARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

HAZARD SWITCH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP CA304 2-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH TM4 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH TT4 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH TT5 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK RH REAR
TRAILER CONNECTOR T5011 — TRUNK RH REAR

TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE TT1 — SPARE WHEEL WELL

TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR T3001 — TRUNK RH REAR

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE

T312N —
T6US1 —

TT2 —
TT3 —

T4001 —
T5001 —

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
CA129 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA146 3-WAY / BLACK / ACCESSORY SOCKET ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
CA175 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
CA176 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
CA302 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
TT6 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK

GROUNDS

Ground Location

G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G2 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G38 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the contr ol module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Exterior Lighting: Rear – European Trailer Towing

Exterior Lighting: Rear – European Trailer Towing

Fig. 08.4

TRAILER CONNECTED

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

IPS67 (LHD)

IPS69 (RHD)

G37BL

(G36BL)

NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.

(G5AR)

SIDE LAMPS STATUS

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

REAR FOG STATUS

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

44

II

19

57

II

PARKING AID:

18.1

W

CA129-11

WS

23

SCP

B

IP53-2

LIGHTING MESSAGES

LH TURN

RH TURN

20.2

20.2

IP53-1

IP53-3

B

IP53-5

B

TURN SIGNAL

AUDIBLE WARNING

IP53-4

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

IPS65

07.1

07.1

SWITCH

B

IP51-5

HAZARD SWITCH

OG
WU

REAR FOG LAMPS

SIDE LAMPS

MASTER LIGHTING

SWITCH

PA3-1PA3-3

JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L)

JB196-1 (2.0 L)

IP51-4

IP17-10

IP17-9

IP17-4

IP17-5

GWGW

CA170-15

B

G36AL

GB

IP17-16

R

IP17-8

NR GW

BRAKE ON / OFF

CA302-1 TT6-1

O

JB172-5

Y

IP5-19

U

IP5-18

BG

IP6-17

BG

IP6-19

OY

IP5-22

BO

IP6-23

GENERAL ELECTRONIC

CONTROL MODULE

WU
GW

CA1-21

R

IP4-4

R

IP1-3

CA75-7

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

B

S

S

I

I

O

I

LIGHTING

LIGHTING
CONTROL

RH TURN

LH TURN

O

O

P

F97 7.5A

F64 7.5A

F63 7.5A

GW

S

CA87-4

CA86-2

IP6-1

CA86-5

G1AR

O
OY

B
B

IP2-10

IP2-9

CA78-16

JB51-6

CA78-4

JB51-7

CA76-7

CA76-2

CA76-3

CA76-4

NG

2

I

B

CAS9

30

CA146-3

B

CA146-1

N

CA146-2

Y

R

T5S2

T5S1

R
Y

B

T5001-3
T5001-2
T5001-1

TRAILER TOWING

REAR ACCESSORY

CONNECTOR

T5020-1 T5020-2

F100 20A

IN-LINE FUSE

RRR

REVERSE LAMPS

ACTIVATION

08.3

GB

CAS26

TT3-8TT3

TT2

-8

-10

B B

O

TRAILER TOWING

CONTROL MODULE

I I I I I OOI IOOI

TT2-2TT2-1TT1-1TT1-4TT1-5TT1-2TT2-5TT2-4TT2-3TT2-6TT2-7TT1-3TT1

TT3-3TT3-4TT3-5TT3-9TT3-2TT3-7TT3-6TT3

GBGB

CA176-6

CA176-7

CA175-1

CA175-2

CA175-7

CA176-1

G4AL

G5AS
(G5AR)

CAS80

GW
GW

OY

CA175-5

GR

CA175-3

O

CA176-3

O

OG

O

CA176-5

CA45-1

O

TL10-1

O

OY

O

GR

O

OG OG

TMS1

O

O

TM4-1 TM4-2

LH LICENSE PLATE

O

TM5-1 TM5-2

RH LICENSE PLATE

CA304-2 CA304-1

-1

-6

PYBWNPYBGBOPOWRWWWPO

LAMP

LAMP

HIGH-MOUNT

STOP LAMP

NW

B

B

T5S3

NW NW

G2BL

TMS2

B

T5S4

PY

BW

OW

P

G

PY

BG

O

G

B

G38AS

G2BR

TT4-7

TT4-1

TT4-5

TT4-3

TT4-2

TT5-1

TT5-7

TT5-3

TT5-5

TT5-6

B

Y

R

U
RY
UR
O
P
OW
PO
NW
NW
NW

CONNECTOR

FOG

TURN

TAIL

STOP

REVERSE

LH TAIL LAMP

UNIT

FOG

TURN

TAIL

STOP

REVERSE

RH TAIL LAMP

UNIT

TL10-2

T5011-09

T5011-10

T5011-1
T5011-2
T5011-4
T5011-5
T5011-6
T5011-7
T5011-8
T5011-3
T5011-11
T5011-13

TRAILER

B

B+ (ACCESSORY)

B+ (BATTERY)

LH TURN
FOG LAMPS
RH TURN
RH TAIL LAMP
STOP LAMPS
LH TAIL LAMP
REVERSE LAMPS

G

TT4-6

N

TT5-2

CA45-2

CA175-6

CA176-2

BB

B

CAS9

B

G1AR

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

EUR Trailer Towing Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 08.5

General Electronic Control Module
 Pin Description and Characteristic

O CA86-2 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O CA87-4 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CARAVAN CONNECTOR T412S — TRUNK RH REAR
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMP ARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

HAZARD SWITCH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP CA304 2-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH TM4 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH TT4 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH TT5 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK RH REAR
TRAILER CONNECTOR T5011 — TRUNK RH REAR

TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE TT1 — SPARE WHEEL WELL

TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR T3001 — TRUNK RH REAR

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE

T312N —
T6US1 —

TT2 —
TT3 —

T4001 —
T5001 —

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
CA129 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA146 3-WAY / BLACK / ACCESSORY SOCKET ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
CA175 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
CA176 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
CA302 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
T3001 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
TT6 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
TT7 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK

GROUNDS

Ground Location

G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G2 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G38 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the contr ol module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Exterior Lighting: Rear – U.K. Trailer Towing

Exterior Lighting: Rear – U.K. Trailer Towing

Fig. 08.5

TRAILER CONNECTED

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

IPS67 (LHD)

IPS69 (RHD)

G37BL

(G36BL)

NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.

(G5AR)

SIDE LAMPS STATUS

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

REAR FOG STATUS

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

44

II

19

57

II

REVERSE LAMPS
B+ (ACCESSORY)

B+ (BATTERY

CARAVAN

CONNECTOR

PARKING AID:

18.1

W

CA129-11

WS

CA302-1 TT6-1

23

SCP

B

IP53-2

LIGHTING MESSAGES

LH TURN

RH TURN

20.2

20.2

IP53-1

IP53-3

B

IP53-5

B

TURN SIGNAL

AUDIBLE WARNING

IP53-4

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

IPS65

07.1

07.1

SWITCH

B

IP51-5

HAZARD SWITCH

OG
WU

REAR FOG LAMPS

SIDE LAMPS

MASTER LIGHTING

SWITCH

PA3-1PA3-3

JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L)

JB196-1 (2.0 L)

IP51-4

IP17-10

IP17-9

IP17-4

IP17-5

GWGW

CA170-15

B

G36AL

GB

IP17-16

R

IP17-8

NR GW

BRAKE ON / OFF

T412S-1
T412S-6
T412S-4
T412S-3
T412S-7

BG
BG
OY

BO

WU
GW

R
R

O

Y

U

JB172-5

IP5-19

IP5-18

IP6-17

IP6-19

IP5-22

IP6-23

IP4-4

IP1-3

CA75-7

PO

Y

R
NW
NW

G2BR

B

LIGHTING

S

S

I

I

O

I

GENERAL ELECTRONIC

CONTROL MODULE

T4020-2 T4020-1

LIGHTING
CONTROL

O

RH TURN

O

LH TURN

P

IN-LINE FUSE

GW

CA1-21

F97 7.5A

F64 7.5A

F63 7.5A

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

F100 20A

CA87-4

CA86-2

IP6-1

CA86-5

B

G1AR

REVERSE LAMPS

ACTIVATION

O
OY

B
B

G4AL

IP2-10

IP2-9

CA78-16

JB51-6

CA78-4

JB51-7

CA76-7

CA76-2

CA76-3

CA76-4

TT7-1

R

PO

T3001-3

T3001-2

T3001-1

Y

T4S1

Y

T4001-3

B

T4001-2

R

T4S2

R

T4001-1

TRAILER TOWING

REAR ACCESSORY

CONNECTOR

II I I I OOI IOOI

TT2-2TT2-1TT1-1TT1-4TT1-5TT1-2TT2-5TT2-4TT2-3TT2-6TT2-7TT1-3TT1

TT3

CAS9

08.3

GB

30

2

I

CAS26

NG

B
N
S

CA146-3

CA146-1

CA146-2

Y
B
R

T3S1

TT3-8TT3

TT2

-8

B B

O

CONTROL MODULE

R
RR

-10

TRAILER TOWING

GBGB

CA176-6

CA176-7

CA175-1

CA175-2

GW

G5AS
(G5AR)

CAS80

GW

OY

GR

CA175-7

CA176-1

CA175-5

CA175-3

O

CA176-3

O

OG

O

CA176-5

CA45-1

O

TL10-1

OY

O

GR

O

OG OG

TT3-3TT3-4TT3-5TT3-9TT3-2TT3

-6

O

O

TMS1

O

TM4-1 TM4-2

O

TM5-1 TM5-2

CA304-2 CA304-1

TT3

-7

-1

-6

PYBWNPYBGBOPOWRWWWPO

LH LICENSE PLATE

LAMP

RH LICENSE PLATE

LAMP

HIGH-MOUNT

STOP LAMP

NW

T3S2

NW

G2BL

U
RY
UR
O
P
OW
NW

T312N-1
T312N-2
T312N-4
T312N-5
T312N-6
T312N-7
T312N-3

TRAILER

CONNECTOR

LH TURN
FOG LAMPS
RH TURN
RH TAIL LAMP
STOP LAMPS
LH TAIL LAMP

PY

TT4-7

FOG

BW

TT4-1

TURN

OW

TT4-5

TAIL

TT4-6

G

CA175-6

P

TT4-3

STOP

G

TT4-2

REVERSE

LH TAIL LAMP

UNIT

PY

TT5-1

FOG

BG

TT5-7

TURN

O

TT5-3

TAIL

TT5-2

N

CA176-2

G

TT5-5

STOP

B

TT5-6

REVERSE

RH TAIL LAMP

UNIT

B

BB

B

B

TMS2

G38AS

B

TL10-2

B

B

CA45-2

CAS9

B

G1AR

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

U.K. Trailer Towing Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 08.6

General Electronic Control Module
 Pin Description and Characteristic

O CA86-2 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O CA87-4 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMP ARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

HAZARD SWITCH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP CA304 2-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH TM4 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH REAR RB5 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH REAR RB6 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER RH SIDE
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH TT4 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH TT5 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK RH REAR
TRAILER CONNECTOR T5011 — TRUNK RH REAR

TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE TT1 — SPARE WHEEL WELL

TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR T3001 — TRUNK RH REAR

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE

T312N —
T6US1 —

TT2 —
TT3 —

T4001 —
T5001 —

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
CA129 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA146 3-WAY / BLACK / ACCESSORY SOCKET ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
CA175 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
CA176 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
CA302 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
TT6 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G2 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G38 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Exterior Lighting: Rear – NAS Trailer Towing

Exterior Lighting: Rear – NAS Trailer Towing

Fig. 08.6

TRAILER CONNECTED

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

IPS67

G37BL

SIDE LAMPS STATUS

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

REAR FOG STATUS

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

44

II

19

57

II

PARKING AID:

18.1

W

CA129-11

WS

23

SCP

B

IP53-2

LIGHTING MESSAGES

LH TURN

RH TURN

20.2

20.2

IP53-1

IP53-3

B

IP53-5

B

TURN SIGNAL

AUDIBLE WARNING

IP53-4

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

IPS65

07.1

07.1

SWITCH

B

IP51-5

HAZARD SWITCH

OG
WU

REAR FOG LAMPS

SIDE LAMPS

MASTER LIGHTING

SWITCH

PA3-1PA3-3

JB2-1 (2,5, 3.0 L)

JB196-1 (2.0 L)

IP51-4

IP17-10

IP17-9

IP17-4

IP17-5

GWGW

CA170-15

B

G36AL

GB

IP17-16

R

IP17-8

NR GW

BRAKE ON / OFF

CA302-1 TT6-1

O

JB172-5

Y

IP5-19

U

IP5-18

BG

IP6-17

BG

IP6-19

OY

IP5-22

BO

IP6-23

GENERAL ELECTRONIC

CONTROL MODULE

WU
GW

CA1-21

R

IP4-4

R

IP1-3

CA75-7

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

B

S

S

I

I

O

I

LIGHTING

LIGHTING

CONTROL

RH TURN

LH TURN

O

O

P

F97 7.5A

F64 7.5A

F63 7.5A

GW

S

CA87-4

CA86-2

IP6-1

CA86-5

G1AR

O
OY

B
B

IP2-10

IP2-9

CA78-16

JB51-6

CA78-4

JB51-7

CA76-7

CA76-2

CA76-3

CA76-4

NG

2

I

B

CAS9

30

CA146-3

B

CA146-1

N

CA146-2

Y

R

T3S1

Y
B

T3001-3

T3001-2

T3001-1

TRAILER TOWING

REAR ACCESSORY

CONNECTOR

RRR

REVERSE LAMPS

ACTIVATION

08.3

GB

CAS26

TT3-8TT3

TT2

-8

-10

B B

O

TRAILER TOWING

CONTROL MODULE

I I I I I OOI IOOI

TT2-2TT2-1TT1-1TT1-4TT1-5TT1-2TT2-5TT2-4TT2-3TT2-6TT2-7TT1-3TT1

TT3

-3

GBGB

CA176-6

CA176-7

CA175-1

CA175-2

CA175-7

CA176-1

G4AL

G5AS

CAS80

GW
GW

OY

CA175-5

GR

CA175-3

O

CA176-3

O

OG

O

OY

O

GR

O

CAS94

CAS95

OY

CA129-6

O

CA129-10

CA176-5

CA45-1

OY

RB5-1 RB5-2

LH REAR SIDE

MARKER LAMP

O

RB6-1 RB6-2

RH REAR SIDE

MARKER LAMP

O

TL10-1

B

RBS10

B

O

B

CA129-7

B

G2AL

OG OG

TT3-5TT3

O

TMS1

* NOTE: T6S2 and circuit to TT3-9 – early production vehicles only.
** NOTE: NW – early production vehicles.

T6S2*

W

NW

NW**
BW

TT3

-9

TT3

-7

-1

-6

PYBWNPYBGBOPOWRWWWPO

O

TM4-1 TM4-2

LH LICENSE PLATE

LAMP

O

TM5-1 TM5-2

RH LICENSE PLATE

LAMP

CA304-2 CA304-1

HIGH-MOUNT

STOP LAMP

T6S1

G2BL

Y

G

NW** BW

W

W

T6US1-3

T6US1-4

T6US1-2

T6US1-1

TRAILER

CONNECTOR

LH TURN AND STOP

RH TURN AND STOP

TAIL LAMPS

GROUND

PY

TT4-7

FOG

BW

TT4-1

TURN

OW

TT4-5

TAIL

TT4-6

G

CA175-6

P

TT4-3

STOP

G

TT4-2

REVERSE

LH TAIL LAMP

UNIT

PY

TT5-1

FOG

BG

TT5-7

TURN

O

TT5-3

TAIL

TT5-2

N

CA176-2

G

TT5-5

STOP

B

TT5-6

REVERSE

RH TAIL LAMP

UNIT

B

BB

B

TMS2

B

TL10-2

B

G38AS

B

B

CA45-2

CAS9

B

G1AR

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

NAS Trailer Towing Vehicles
All
December 2001

Fig. 08.7

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

DIP BEAM RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R9
FRONT AXLE SENSOR JB140 6-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT SUSPENSION
HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE IP130 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
HEADLAMP UNIT – LH JB84 10-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT OF VEHICLE
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH JB85 10-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT OF VEHICLE
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
REAR AXLE SENSOR HI1 6-WAY / BLACK LH REAR SUSPENSION

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA302 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G10 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Headlamp Leveling

Headlamp Leveling

Fig. 08.7

G37BL

(G36BL)

DIP BEAM STATUS

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

BB

IPS67 (LHD)

IPS69 (RHD)

IP17-6

07.1

MASTER LIGHTING

OY

SWITCH

HEADLAMP LEVELING

0123

DIP BEAM

IP17-2

IP17-3

IP17-7

IP17-14

IP17-13

U

OY

OY

G
GB

AUTOLAMPS

IPS47

08.1

08.1

CA1-1

OY

JB129-17

G

GB

NOTE: IPS56 – Autolamps only.

IPS56

OY

GB

U

JB129-15

CA10-22

14
22

II

U

4

R9

3

GO

1

W

DIP BEAM

GB

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

5

2

RELAY

GU

JBS36

GU
GU

F16 20A

F17 20A

OY
GW

JBS37

JBS8

U

JB84-2

SERVO

AMPLIFIER

OY

JB84-5 JB84-10

LH HEADLAMP UNIT

JB85-5 JB85-10

U

JB85-2

SERVO

AMPLIFIER

DIP

DIP

B

G11AL

BGW

G10AR

DRIVER-CONTROLLED HEADLAMP LEVELING

FRONT AXLE

SENSOR

REAR AXLE

SENSOR

JB140-6

JB140-5

JB140-1

HI1-6

HI1-5

HI1-1

Y

W

U

UY

WG

R

CA303-3

CA303-2

CA303-1

UY

WG

R

JB130-17

JB130-1

JB130-22

CA241-3

CA241-2

CA241-1

31

II

20.1

20.1

20.2

Y

W

U

UY

WG

R

WR

Y

G

W

IP130-23

IP130-2

IP130-3

IP130-5

IP130-6

IP130-25

IP130-11

IP130-7

IP130-10

IP130-12

RH HEADLAMP UNIT

B

C

C

D

I

O

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

P

IP130-17

IP130-19

IP130-16

IP130-18

IP130-15

IP130-21

IP130-22

IP130-20

IP130-24

RW RW

JB130-8

JB84-2

RU RU

JB130-9

JB84-3

RR

JB130-10

JB84-4

RG RG

JB130-11

* NOTE: BG – early production vehicles.

JB84-6

BW BW

JB130-12

JB85-2

BG* WU BG* WU

JB130-13

JB85-3

BB

JB130-14

JB85-4

BG BG

JB130-15

B

IPS68

B

JB85-6

HEADLAMP

LEVELING

STEPPER MOTOR

LH HEADLAMP UNIT

HEADLAMP

LEVELING

STEPPER MOTOR

RH HEADLAMP UNIT

AUTOMA TIC HEADLAMP LEVELING

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

HEADLAMP LEVELING

CONTROL MODULE

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

G37BL

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 09.1

General Electronic Control Module
 Pin Description and Characteristic

O CA86-1 LH AND RH DOOR COURTESY LAMPS : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CA86-3 INTERIOR LAMPS : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I CA86-14 RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-18 RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +

SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

DOOR COURTESY LAMP – LH FL7 2-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT DOOR
DOOR COURTESY LAMP – RH FR6 2-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT DOOR
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR

DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR

DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT FR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOOR

DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR

FOOTWELL LAMP – LH IP27 2-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
FOOTWELL LAMP – RH IP26 2-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

GLOVE BOX LAMP IP25 2-WAY / BROWN GLOVE BOX
REAR INTERIOR LAMP RC11 2-WAY / BLACK REAR HEAD LINER

ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONT

TRUNK LAMP CA132 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK RH SIDE
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TM6 5-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LID
VANITY MIRROR LAMP – LH RC9 2-WAY / BLACK LH SUN VISOR
VANITY MIRROR LAMP – RH RC8 2-WAY / BLACK RH SUN VISOR

FL9 2-WAY / BLACK

BL6 2-WAY / BLACK

FR9 2-WAY / BLACK

BR6 2-WAY / BLACK

CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE

RC20 1-WAY / RED

RC30 4-WAY / BLACK
RC31 2-WAY / BLACK
RC33 4-WAY / BLACK
RC34 6-WAY / BLACK

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Interior Lighting

Interior Lighting

Fig. 09.1

B

G15AL

G15AR**

G4AL

G15AL

G15AR**

G4AR

** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.

CAS10

B

CAS10

B

CAS8

BB

CA15-2

BB

CA20-2

BB

CA25-3

NOTE: BLS3 – Powered

Rear Windows only.

BB

CA30-3

NOTE: BRS4 – Powered

Rear Windows only.

FLS1

FRS1

BLS3

BRS4

O

23

20.2

20.2

B

DOOR AJAR

SWITCH

LH FRONT DOOR

LATCH ASSEMBLY

B RR

FL9-1FL9-2

CA15-20 CA1-7

JB172-5

Y

IP5-19

U

IP5-18

IP6-22 (LHD)

IP6-21 (RHD)

B

S

S

I

LIGHTING

INTERIOR
LIGHTING
CONTROL

O

BK BK

CA86-3

CA1-2

IPS13

IP27-1 IP27-2

LH FOOTWELL

BK

IP26-1 IP26-2

RH FOOTWELL

LAMP

LAMP

BK

OY

OY

65

B

66

B

MAP LAMP 1

BK

B

DOOR AJAR

SWITCH

RH FRONT DOOR

LATCH ASSEMBLY

B

DOOR AJAR

SWITCH

LH REAR DOOR

LATCH ASSEMBLY

B RR

FR9-1FR9-2

CA20-20 CA1-5

IP6-21 (LHD)

IP6-22 (RHD)

B Y

CA25-14

I

BK

CA1-6

CA87-15BL6-1BL6-2

I

BK

CA36-1

B

RC22-3

RC30-3*

RC22-1

RC30-2*

FRONT

INTERIOR LAMP

MAP LAMP 2

ROOF CONSOLE

OY

RC22-9
RC30-1*

* NOTE: Roof Console without
Printed Circuit Board.

71

B

BK

B

DOOR AJAR

SWITCH

RH REAR DOOR

LATCH ASSEMBLY

B Y

BR6-1BR6-2

CA30-14

B

CA86-18

IP5-3

I

REMOTE

LOCK / UNLOCK

REMOTE
LOCK / UNLOCK

I

I

W

CA416-1

BRD

CA416-2

W

BRD

CA417-1

CA417-2

EXTERNAL ANTENNA

(JAPAN, S. KOREA)

RC11-1

B

RC11-2

RC20-1

REAR INTERIOR LAMP

B

RC9-2 RC9-1

OY

OY

70

B

68

B

G15AL

G15AR**

G4AL

G1AR

B

BB

CAS10

CA15-2 FL3-6

BB

CA20-2

B

BB B

CAS9

CA45-2

FLS1

FRS1

BB

BB

TL10-2

FR3-6

B

TMS2

SET (LHD)

RESET (LHD)

LH FRONT DOOR

LATCH ASSEMBLY

SET (RHD)

RESET (RHD)

RH FRONT DOOR

LATCH ASSEMBLY

LOCK MOTOR

TRUNK

SWITCH

TRUNK

FL3-5

FL3-7

FR3-5

FR3-7

B
B

B
B

CA21-5

CA21-6

G5AS

(G5AR)

G4AL

OY

TM6-4TM6-3

TL10-3

G
U

G
U

B
B

CA86-16CA16-5

CA86-14CA16-6

CA86-16

CA86-14

IP6-1

CA86-5

I

KEY BARREL
(LHD ONLY)

I

I

KEY BARREL
(RHD ONLY)

I

P

GENERAL ELECTRONIC

CONTROL MODULE

OY

CA45-3

LH VANITY MIRROR

LAMP

** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.

BB

OG

CAS10

OG

CA16-3

G15AL

G15AR**

O

CA86-1

OG

CAS85

B

CA36-13

FL7-2 FL7-1

RCS1

B

RC8-2 RC8-1

RH VANITY MIRROR

LAMP

OY

73

B

OY

69

B

LH DOOR COURTESY LAMP

OG

CA21-3

OG

FR6-2 FR6-1

OY

72

B

RH DOOR COURTESY LAMP

OY

CA132-1 CA132-2

OY

74

B

TRUNK LAMP

B

G5AS

(G37BL)

B OY

IPS66 (LHD)
IPS68 (RHD)

IP25-2 IP25-1

GLOVE BOX LAMP

08.1

FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

All Vehicles
All
December 2001

Fig. 09.2

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL

AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

CIGAR LIGHTER IP42 2-WAY / ORANGE ASH TRAY
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER FL1 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR ARM REST

DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR BL1 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER FL10 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR BR1 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH IP29 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
HAZARD, SEAT HEA TER SWITCHES IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL

J GATE ASSEMBLY IP14 16-WAY / GREEN CENTER CONSOLE
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONT

STEERING WHEEL SW4 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

IP101 26-WAY / YELLOW

IP39 6-WAY / GREY
IP101 26-WAY / YELLOW
IP135 2-WAY / GREY

IP65 20-WAY / BLACK
IP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL

FR1 20-WAY / BLACK

IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW

RC30 4-WAY / BLACK
RC31 2-WAY / BLACK
RC33 4-WAY / BLACK
RC34 6-WAY / BLACK

IP136 2-WAY
IP137 2-WAY
IP138 2-WAY
IP139 2-WAY

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Dimmer-Controlled Lighting

IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT

SWITCH ILLUMINATION

O

SW3-4

O

CASSETTE

SW4-4

O

SWS2

O

SW5-1

SWITCH ILLUMINATION

CRUISE CONTROL

B

SW3-3

SWS1

B

SW5-2

B

SW4-3

CASSETTE

YG

JB129-14 JB1-24IP34-5 IP34-6

(2.5, 3.0 L)

(2.0 L) B

Dimmer-Controlled Lighting

YG

B

JBS55

G14AL

YG

03.2

Fig. 09.2

ECM: GROUND

STEERING WHEEL

G37BL

(G36BL)

19

R

IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)

O
O

O

IP17-8

O

PWM

SIDE LAMPS

IP17-1

CA1-9

IPS4

O
O

O

B

IP11-8IP11-21

G37AL
(G36BL)

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

O

O

HAZARD, SEAT HEA TER

SWITCHES

O

IP42-1IP110-1

B

IP51-5IP51-6

B

IPS65

G5AR

NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.

B

G36AL
G5AL)

O

IPS21

CIGAR LIGHTER

BB

IP17-6

MASTER LIGHTING

SWITCH

CAS11

O

O

CA36-4

O

RCS1

RC22-1RC22-10

BBB

CA36-13

CAS10

B

G15AL
G15AR*

ROOF CONSOLE

* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.

O

CA20-16 (LHD)

CA15-16 (RHD)

O

FR10-4 (LHD)
FL10-4 (RHD)

PASSENGER DOOR

SWITCH PACK

FR10-8 (LHD)
FL10-8 (RHD)

FRS1 (LHD)
FLS1 (RHD)

BB

CA20-2 (LHD)

CA15-2 (RHD)

NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.

B

CAS10

B

G4AL
(G15AR)

O

IP101-20

AIR CONDITIONING

CONTROL MODULE (PANEL)

O

TELEMATICS DISPLAY

O

O

O

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL

AUDIO UNIT

J GATE

SWITCH

B

IP101-15

G37BR

B

IP70-12IP70-9

G37BR

B

IP65-1IP65-17

B

IP14-2IP14-3

IP29-5IP29-6

IPS68

B

IPS68

G37AR

B

G37BL

B

G37BL

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

O

CA30-11

O

CA25-11

111 75 96

O

RH REAR DOOR

SWITCH PACK

O

LH REAR DOOR

SWITCH PACK

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

BW

BR1-8BR1-4

BW

BL1-8BL1-4

EE

CA30-7

CA25-7

BW

BW

I

O

CAS59

Output

O

CA15-16 (LHD)

CA20-16 (RHD)

O

BW BW

CA15-7 (LHD)

CA20-7 (RHD)

B

+

Power Ground

FL1-8 (LHD)

FR1-8 (RHD)

FL1-5 (LHD)

FR1-5 (RHD)

REAR WINDOW

ISOLATE CIRCUIT

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

FL1-14 (LHD)
FR1-14 (RHD)

SCP

D

2

DP

C
S

FLS1 (LHD)

FRS1 (RHD)

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Serial and Encoded Data

BB

CA15-2 (LHD)
CA20-2 (RHD)

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

B

CAS10

B

G15AR
(G4AL)

DATE OF ISSUE:

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

All Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 10.1

Instrument Cluster
 Pin Description and Characteristic

C IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN –

I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP11-23 VARIABLE ASSIST POWER STEERING FEEDBACK: CLOSED LOOP
I IP11-24 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

O IP11-25 VARIABLE ASSIST POWER STEERING DRIVE: 864 mA = MAXIMUM ASSIST; 0 mA = MINIMUM ASSIST

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW MIRROR RC5 5-WAY / BLACK REAR VIEW MIRROR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL

VARIABLE ASSIST SERVO EM91 2-WAY STEERING RACK PINION HOUSING

IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Variable Assist Steering; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror

Variable Assist Steering; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror

Fig. 10.1

CAN

V ARIABLE ASSIST STEERING

VEHICLE SPEED

(G36BL)

42

20.1

20.1

G37AL

II

GR

IP11-24

Y

IP10-17

G

IP10-18

B

IP11-8

B

C

C

P

O

IP11-25

I

IP11-23

R

JB130-2

U

JB130-3

R

JB145-3

U

JB145-2

R

EM91-2

U

EM91-1

R

U

VARIABLE ASSIST

SERVO

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW MIRROR

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

54

II

REVERSE LAMPS:

REVERSE LAMPS ON

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

* NOTE: G15AR, WU – early production vehicles.

I

BBII IIII

EE

O

Output

G15AL

G15AR*

08.3

GB

CAS10

B

+

Power Ground

CA36-7

CA36-13

WU* BR

RC5-1

GB

RC5-3

BBB

B

RCS1

+

–

RC5-2

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN
Sensor/Signal Ground

B

I

P

ELECTROCHROMIC

REAR VIEW

MIRROR

C
S

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

All Vehicles
All
December 2001

Fig. 10.2

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER FL1 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR ARM REST

FOLD FLAT MODULE CA270 7-WAY / GREY BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
DOOR MIRROR – LH FL5 22-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
DOOR MIRROR – RH FR4 22-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOOR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST

FR1 20-WAY / BLACK

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Door Mirrors: Movement, Fold-Back

Door Mirrors: Movement, Fold-Back

Fig. 10.2

B

GW

B

CA15-2

52

II

B

CAS10

G15AL

G15AR*

* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.

DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT: LHD

B

FL1-15 CA16-14 FL5-4

LH

RH

O

COMMON

O

FL1-17

FL1-16

FL1-4

N

CA16-12

YR

FLS2

WR

N

CA16-18 FL5-4

WR

CA16-19CA15-19

N

YR

WR

FL5-2

FL5-6

N

YR

WR

48

II

GU

FR1-15

B

O

LH

COMMON

RH

O

FR1-17

FR1-16

FR1-4

N

YR

WR

CA21-12

YR

FRS7

N

YR

CA16-13CA21-13

WR

CA16-15CA20-19

LH MIRROR

FR1-18

FR1-3FR1-14

N

WR

N

CA21-18CA21-14

WR

CA21-19CA21-15

FLS1

O

N

FL1-18

YR

B

O

P P

WR

FL1-3FL1-14

N

YR

WR

CA21-14CA16-14

N

YR

CA21-13CA16-13

WR

CA21-15CA16-15

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

FR4-4

FR4-2

FR4-6

N

YR

WR

RH MIRROR

G4AL

O

B

B

CA20-2

FRS1

B

O

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT: RHD

N

YR

WR

N

YR

WR

N

YR

FL5-2

WR

FL5-6

LH MIRROR

N

FR4-4

YR

FR4-2

WR

FR4-6

RH MIRROR

G15AL

G15AR*

B

B R

CAS10

CA15-2

* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.

B

BR

FLS1

FL1-14

DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK

FL1-11

G15AL

G15AR*

DOOR MIRROR FOLD: LHD

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

64

N

CA270-4

CA16-16

B

12 63 64 74

CA270-2

B

CAS10

CA270-5 CA270-1

I

P P

FOLD FLAT

MODULE

BBII IIII

UU

CA16-17

WW

CA16-11

CA270-3

U

CAS46

W

O

O

UU

CA21-17

WW

CAS64

CA21-11

FL5-16

FL5-15

FR4-16

FR4-15

U

W

U

W

LH MIRROR

RH MIRROR

G4AL

UU

64

N

CA270-4

BB

CA16-17

WW

B

B

CA20-2

FRS1

B

FR1-14

DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK

R

FR1-11

B

G15AL

G15AR*

* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.

CA21-16

CAS10

R

B

CA270-2

CA270-5

I

O

O

FOLD FLAT

MODULE

CA270-3

CA270-1

U

CAS46

W

CAS64

CA16-11

UU

CA21-17

WW

CA21-11

U

FL5-16

W

FL5-15

LH MIRROR

U

FR4-16

W

FR4-15

RH MIRROR

DOOR MIRROR FOLD: RHD

NOTE: Refer to Figures 06.1 and 06.2 for Mirror Heaters.

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

C
S

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

All Vehicles
All
December 2001

Fig. 11.1

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – LH LS19 3-WAY / WHITE LH SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – RH RS19 3-WAY / WHITE RH SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH P ACK – LH LS16 7-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH P ACK – RH RS16 7-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT SEAT
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – LH LS2 2-WAY / BLACK BELOW LH SEAT

SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – RH RS2 2-WAY / BLACK BELOW RH SEAT

SEAT SWITCH PACK – LH LS1 12-WAY / GREY LH SEAT
SEAT SWITCH PACK – RH RS1 12-WAY / GREY RH SEAT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST

LS4 2-WAY / RED
LS5 2-WAY / BLACK
LS6 2-WAY / RED

RS4 2-WAY / RED
RS5 2-WAY / BLACK
RS6 2-WAY / BLACK

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement

Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement

Fig. 11.1

LH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS

NOTE:

40 – Non Heated Seat.
42 – Heated Seat.

40

42 47

OG

LS1-6

B B

LS5

LS5

-2

-1

WBYB

LS4

LS4

-2

-1

WGYG

LS2

LS2

-2

-1

WRYU

LS6

LS6

-2

-1

WRYR

YB

LS1-4

WB

LS1-5

YG

LS1-3

WG

LS1-11

YU

LS1-9

WR

LS1-8

NOTE:

45 – Non Heated Seat.
47 – Heated Seat.

45

OY

RS1-6

RS1-4

RS1-5

RS1-3

RS1-11

RS1-9

RS1-8

WB
YB

WG
YG

WR
YU

RS5

RH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS

RS5

-2

-1

YBWB

RS4

RS4

-2

-1

YGWG

RS2

RS2

-2

-1

YUWR

RS6

RS6

-2

-1

YRWR

YR

LS1-7

WR

LS1-12

P P

LH SEAT SWITCH PACK

B

LS1-1

RH SEAT SWITCH P ACK

LH SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

WG

43

OG

LS16-2

LS16-7

LS19-3

LS19-2

B

48

OY

RS16-2

YG

LS16-1

LS19-1

B

LH SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK

LS16-3

LS16-6

B

B

CAS8

CA65-16

NOTE: CAS8 – RHD only.

G15AL
(G4AR)

B

LSS1

B

NOTE: LSS1 – Lumbar Vehicles only.

RH SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK

RS1-7

RS1-12

RS1-1

RS16-7

RS16-1

RS16-3

RS16-6

WR
YR

B

YG

WG

RH SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

RS19-3

B

RS19-2

RS19-1

B
B

B

CAS8

CA70-16

NOTE: CAS8 – LHD only.

G4AR
(G15AL)

B

RSS1

NOTE: RSS1 –

B

Lumbar Vehicles only.

LH SEA T

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

RH SEA T

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

NOTE: Powered Lumbar Circuit and components – Powered Lumbar Seats only.

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

8-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
All
December 2001

Fig. 11.2

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR – LH LS10 2-WAY / RED BELOW LH SEAT
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR – RH RS10 2-WAY / RED BELOW RH SEAT
SEAT SWITCH PACK – LH LS1 12-WAY / GREY LH SEAT
SEAT SWITCH PACK – RH RS1 12-WAY / GREY RH SEAT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement

Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement

Fig. 11.2

LH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR RH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR

LS10

LS10

-1

-2

RS10

RS10

-1

-2

NOTE:

40 – Non Heated Seat.
42 – Heated Seat.

42

40

OG

LS16-2

LH SEAT SWITCH PACK

LS16-7

LS16-1

LS16-3

LS16-6

WG

YG

B

LSS1

B

CA65-16

NOTE: CAS8 – RHD only.

CAS8

YGWG

BBB

G15AL
(G4AR)

NOTE:

45 – Non Heated Seat.
47 – Heated Seat.

47

45

RH SEA TLH SEA T

OY

LS16-2

RH SEAT SWITCH P ACK

RS16-7

RS16-1

RS16-3

RS16-6

YG

WG

B

RSS1

B

CA70-16

NOTE: CAS8 – LHD only.

CAS8

WGYG

BBB

G4AR
(G15AL)

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

2-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
All
December 2001

Fig. 11.3

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

SEAT BACK HEATER – LH LS7 4-WAY / GREY BELOW LH SEAT
SEAT BACK HEATER – RH RS7 4-WAY / GREY BELOW RH SEAT
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – LH LS7 4-WAY / GREY BELOW LH SEAT
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – RH RS7 4-WAY / GREY BELOW RH SEAT
SEAT HEATER MODULE – LH LS13 12-WAY / GREY BELOW LH SEAT
SEAT HEATER MODULE – RH RS13 12-WAY / GREY BELOW RH SEAT
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – LH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – RH IP56 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

NOTE:

40 – Heaters only Seat.
41 – Powered Heated Seats.

Seat Heaters

Seat Heaters

Fig. 11.3

LH SEA T

NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.

G36AL

(G5AR)

41

40

27

WW

IP51-2

IP51-3

IPS65

B

IP51-5

STATE

LH SEAT HEATER

SWITCH

IP51-1

B

CA240-7

RR

CA240-1

UU

CA240-6

CA65-10

CA65-17

CA65-10

OG

LS13-12

GB

II

LS13-5

W

LS13-8

R

LS13-10

U

LS13-9

B

B

I

O

O

LH SEAT HEATER

MODULE

I

LS13-3

O

O

P

LS13-4

LS13-6

I

LS13-7

B

LS13-1

LSS1

NOTE: LSS1 – 8-way; 2-way; Lumbar only.

W

N

GB

NOTE: CAS8 – RHD only.

B

BBB

CA65-16

CAS8

G15AL
(G4AR)

LS7-3

LS7-2

LS7-1

LS7-4

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

LH CUSHION HEATER

LH SEAT BACK HEATER

NOTE:

45 – Heaters only Seat.
46 – Powered Heated Seats.

RH SEA T

NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.

B

G36AL

(G5AR)

IPS65

46

45

26

WW

IP56-2

IP56-3

B

IP51-5

STATE

RH SEAT HEATER

SWITCH

IP56-1

CA240-4

CA70-10

RR

CA240-5

CA70-17

UU

CA240-3

CA70-18

OY

RS13-12

GB

II

RS13-5

W

RS13-8

R

RS13-10

U

RS13-9

B

B

I

O

O

RH SEAT HEATER

MODULE

I

RS13-3

O

O

P

RS13-4

RS13-6

I

RS13-7

B

RS13-1

RSS1

NOTE: RSS1 – 8-way; 2-way; Lumbar only.

N

W

GW

NOTE: CAS8 – LHD only.

B

BBB

CA70-16

CAS8

G4AR
(G15AL)

RS7-3

RS7-2

RS7-1

RS7-4

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

RH CUSHION HEATER

RH SEAT BACK HEATER

113

Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2 Fig. 01.3 Fig. 01.4 Fig. 01.5 Fig. 01.6

14 64

111 75 96

12 63 64 74

BBII IIII

EE

I

O

Output

B

+

Power Ground

+

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

–

Sensor/Signal Ground

SCP

D

2

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

DP

Serial and Encoded Data

C
S

VARIANT:

VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

Heated Seat Vehicles
All
December 2001

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Fig. 12.1

General Electronic Control Module
 Pin Description and Characteristic

O CA86-4 CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – DOUBLE LOCKING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I CA86-14 RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-18 RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I CA86-19 LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-22 TRUNK LID AJAR: TRUNK OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; TRUNK CLOSED = GROUND

O CA87-2 TRUNK LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CA87-3 CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O CA87-5 CENTRAL LOCKING REAR MOTORS DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I CA87-16 UNLOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND

O IP5-1 PASSENGER DOORS LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA

O IP5-5 DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I IP5-16 TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +

SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-8 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN

I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

Instrument Cluster
 Pin Description and Characteristic

I IP10-13 EMERGENCY UNLOCK: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP –

I IP11-7 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location

DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR

DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR

DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT FR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOOR

DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR

GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE

IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH A POST
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL

TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TM6 5-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LID
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH TM8 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK LID

FL9 2-WAY / BLACK

BL6 2-WAY / BLACK

FR9 2-WAY / BLACK

BR6 2-WAY / BLACK

CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE

IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location

CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE

GROUNDS
Ground Location

G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted.

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001